Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

it's+not+in+(person's)+power

  • 81 to

    1.
    [before vowel tʊ, before consonant tə, stressed tuː] preposition
    1) (in the direction of and reaching) zu; (with name of place) nach

    go to work/to the theatre — zur Arbeit/ins Theater gehen

    to Paris/France — nach Paris/Frankreich

    2) (towards a condition or quality) zu
    3) (as far as) bis zu

    from London to Edinburgh — von London [bis] nach Edinburgh

    increase from 10 % to 20 % — von 10 % auf 20 % steigen

    with one's back to the wallmit dem Rücken zur Wand

    [compared] to — verglichen mit; im Vergleich zu

    it's ten to one he does somethingdie Chancen stehen zehn zu eins, dass er etwas tut

    to somebody/something — jemandem/einer Sache (Dat.)

    lend/explain etc. something to somebody — jemandem etwas leihen/erklären usw.

    to me(in my opinion) meiner Meinung nach

    what's that to you?was geht das dich an?

    7) (until) bis

    to the endbis zum Ende

    five [minutes] to eight — fünf [Minuten] vor acht

    8) with infinitive of a verb zu; expressing purpose, or after academic.ru/75540/too">too um [...] zu

    too young to marry — zu jung, um zu heiraten; zu jung zum Heiraten

    to rebel is pointlesses ist sinnlos zu rebellieren

    he would have phoned but forgot to — er hätte angerufen, aber er vergaß es

    she didn't want to go there, but she had to — sie wollte nicht hingehen, aber sie musste

    2.
    [tuː] adverb
    1) (just not shut)

    be to[Tür, Fenster:] angelehnt sein

    2)
    * * *
    1. [tə,tu] preposition
    1) (towards; in the direction of: I cycled to the station; The book fell to the floor; I went to the concert/lecture/play.) zu, auf
    2) (as far as: His story is a lie from beginning to end.) bis
    3) (until: Did you stay to the end of the concert?) bis
    4) (sometimes used to introduce the indirect object of a verb: He sent it to us; You're the only person I can talk to.) zu, mit
    5) (used in expressing various relations: Listen to me!; Did you reply to his letter?; Where's the key to this door?; He sang to (the accompaniment of) his guitar.) zu, für
    6) (into a particular state or condition: She tore the letter to pieces.) in
    7) (used in expressing comparison or proportion: He's junior to me; Your skill is superior to mine; We won the match by 5 goals to 2.) gegenüber, zu
    8) (showing the purpose or result of an action etc: He came quickly to my assistance; To my horror, he took a gun out of his pocket.) zu
    9) ([tə] used before an infinitive eg after various verbs and adjectives, or in other constructions: I want to go!; He asked me to come; He worked hard to (= in order to) earn a lot of money; These buildings were designed to (= so as to) resist earthquakes; She opened her eyes to find him standing beside her; I arrived too late to see him.) zu, um zu
    10) (used instead of a complete infinitive: He asked her to stay but she didn't want to.) zu
    2. [tu:] adverb
    1) (into a closed or almost closed position: He pulled/pushed the door to.) zu
    2) (used in phrasal verbs and compounds: He came to (= regained consciousness).) zu sich, dran
    * * *
    to
    [tu:, tu, tə]
    1. (moving towards) in + akk
    , nach + dat
    , zu + dat
    she walked over \to the window sie ging [hinüber] zum Fenster [o ans Fenster]
    we're going \to town wir gehen/fahren in die Stadt
    they go \to work on the bus sie fahren mit dem Bus zur Arbeit
    I'm going \to a party/concert ich gehe auf eine Party/ein Konzert
    she has to go \to a meeting now sie muss jetzt zu einem Meeting [gehen]
    we moved \to Germany last year wir sind letztes Jahr nach Deutschland gezogen
    he flew \to the US er flog in die USA
    she's never been \to Mexico before sie ist noch nie [zuvor] in Mexiko gewesen
    my first visit \to Africa mein erster Aufenthalt in Afrika
    this is a road \to nowhere! diese Straße führt nirgendwohin!
    parallel \to the x axis parallel zur x-Achse
    from here \to the station von hier [bis] zum Bahnhof
    on the way \to the mountains/the sea/the town centre auf dem Weg in die Berge/zum Meer/ins [o zum] Stadtzentrum
    \to the north/south nördlich/südlich
    twenty miles \to the north of the city zwanzig Meilen nördlich der Stadt
    the suburbs are \to the west of the city die Vororte liegen im Westen der Stadt
    from place \to place von Ort zu Ort
    \to the right/left nach rechts/links
    there \to the right dort rechts
    he's standing \to the left of Adrian er steht links neben Adrian
    2. (attending regularly) zu + dat
    , in + dat
    she goes \to kindergarten sie geht in den Kindergarten
    he goes \to university er geht auf die Universität
    do you go \to church? gehst du in die Kirche?
    I go \to the gym twice a week ich gehe zweimal wöchentlich zum Fitness
    3. (inviting to) zu + dat
    an invitation \to a wedding eine Einladung zu einer Hochzeit
    I've asked them \to dinner ich habe sie zum Essen eingeladen
    she took me out \to lunch yesterday sie hat mich gestern zum Mittagessen ausgeführt [o eingeladen
    she pointed \to a distant spot on the horizon sie zeigte auf einen fernen Punkt am Horizont
    to have one's back \to sth/sb etw/jdm den Rücken zudrehen
    back \to front verkehrt herum
    5. (in contact with) an + dat
    they were dancing cheek \to cheek sie tanzten Wange an Wange
    she put her hand \to his breast sie legte die Hand auf seine Brust
    she clasped the letter \to her bosom sie drückte den Brief an ihre Brust
    6. (attached to) an + akk
    tie the lead \to the fence mach die Leine am Zaun fest
    they fixed the bookshelves \to the wall sie brachten die Bücherregale an der Wand an
    stick the ads \to some paper klebe die Anzeigen auf ein Blatt Papier
    7. (with indirect object)
    \to sb/sth jdm/etw dat
    I lent my bike \to my brother ich habe meinem Bruder mein Fahrrad geliehen
    give that gun \to me gib mir das Gewehr
    children are often cruel \to each other Kinder sind oft grausam zueinander
    who's the letter addressed \to? an wen ist der Brief adressiert?
    what have they done \to you? was haben sie dir [an]getan?
    her knowledge proved useful \to him ihr Wissen erwies sich als hilfreich für ihn
    they made a complaint \to the manager sie reichten beim Geschäftsleiter eine Beschwerde ein
    a threat \to world peace eine Bedrohung des Weltfriedens [o für den Weltfrieden]
    to be grateful \to sb jdm dankbar sein
    to be married \to sb mit jdm verheiratet sein
    to tell/show sth \to sb jdm etw erzählen/zeigen
    and what did you say \to that? und was hast du dazu gesagt?
    he finally confessed \to the crime er gestand schließlich das Verbrechen
    this is essential \to our strategy dies ist ein wesentlicher Bestandteil unserer Strategie
    9. (in response) auf + akk
    a reference \to Psalm 22:18 ein Verweis auf Psalm 22:18
    her reply \to the question ihre Antwort auf die Frage
    and what was her response \to that? und wie lautete ihr Antwort darauf?
    10. (belonging to) zu + dat
    the keys \to his car seine Autoschlüssel
    the top \to this pen die Kappe, die auf diesen Stift gehört
    she has a mean side \to her sie kann auch sehr gemein sein
    there is a very moral tone \to this book dieses Buch hat einen sehr moralischen Unterton
    there's a funny side \to everything alles hat auch seine komische Seite
    11. (compared to) mit + dat
    I prefer beef \to seafood ich ziehe Rindfleisch Meeresfrüchten vor
    she looked about thirty \to his sixty neben ihm mit seinen sechzig Jahren wirkte sie wie dreißig
    to be comparable \to sth mit etw dat vergleichbar sein
    [to be] nothing \to sth nichts im Vergleich zu etw dat [sein]
    her wage is nothing \to what she could earn ihr Einkommen steht in keinem Vergleich zu dem, was sie verdienen könnte
    to be superior \to sb jdm übergeordnet sein, höher stehen als jd
    12. (in scores) zu + dat
    Paul beat me by three games \to two Paul hat im Spiel drei zu zwei gegen mich gewonnen
    Manchester won three \to one Manchester hat drei zu eins gewonnen
    13. (until) bis + dat
    , zu + dat
    I read up \to page 100 ich habe bis Seite 100 gelesen
    unemployment has risen \to almost 8 million die Arbeitslosigkeit ist auf fast 8 Millionen angestiegen
    count \to 20 zähle bis 20
    it's about fifty miles \to New York es sind [noch] etwa fünfzig Meilen bis New York
    14. (expressing change of state) zu + dat
    he converted \to Islam er ist zum Islam übergetreten
    his expression changed from amazement \to joy sein Ausdruck wechselte von Erstaunen zu Freude
    the change \to the metric system der Wechsel zum metrischen System
    her promotion \to department manager ihre Beförderung zur Abteilungsleiterin
    the meat was cooked \to perfection das Fleisch war bestens zubereitet
    he drank himself \to death er trank sich zu Tode
    she nursed me back \to health sie hat mich [wieder] gesund gepflegt
    smashed \to pieces in tausend Stücke geschlagen
    she was close \to tears sie war den Tränen nahe
    he was thrilled \to bits er freute sich wahnsinnig
    15. (to point in time) bis + dat
    the shop is open \to 8.00 p.m. der Laden hat bis 20 Uhr geöffnet
    we're in this \to the end wir führen dies bis zum Ende
    and \to this day... und bis auf den heutigen Tag...
    it's only two weeks \to your birthday! es sind nur noch zwei Wochen bis zu deinem Geburtstag!
    16. (including)
    from... \to... von... bis...
    from beginning \to end von Anfang bis Ende
    from morning \to night von morgens bis abends
    front \to back von vorne bis hinten, von allen Seiten
    I read the document front \to back ich habe das Dokument von vorne bis hinten gelesen
    he's done everything from snowboarding \to windsurfing er hat von Snowboarden bis Windsurfen alles [mal] gemacht
    from simple theft \to cold-blooded murder vom einfachen Diebstahl bis zum kaltblütigen Mord
    17. BRIT (in clock times) vor, bis SÜDD
    it's twenty \to six es ist zwanzig vor sechs
    18. (causing) zu + dat
    \to my relief/horror/astonishment zu meiner Erleichterung/meinem Entsetzen/meinem Erstaunen
    much \to her surprise zu ihrer großen Überraschung
    19. (according to) für + akk
    \to me, it sounds like she's ending the relationship für mich hört sich das an, als ob sie die Beziehung beenden wollte
    that outfit looks good \to me das Outfit gefällt mir gut
    if it's acceptable \to you wenn Sie einverstanden sind
    this would be \to your advantage das wäre zu deinem Vorteil, das wäre für dich von Vorteil
    does this make any sense \to you? findest du das auf irgendeine Weise einleuchtend?
    fifty pounds is nothing \to him fünfzig Pfund sind nichts für ihn
    what's it \to you? ( fam) was geht dich das an?
    20. (serving) für + akk
    he works as a personal trainer \to the rich and famous er arbeitet als Personal Trainer für die Reichen und Berühmten
    they are hat makers \to Her Majesty the Queen sie sind Hutmacher Ihrer Majestät, der Königin
    economic adviser \to the president Wirtschaftsberater des Präsidenten
    21. FILM (next to)
    she was Ophelia \to Olivier's Hamlet in der Verfilmung von Olivier spielte sie neben Hamlet die Ophelia
    22. (in honour of) auf + akk
    here's \to you! auf dein/Ihr Wohl!
    \to the cook! auf den Koch/die Köchin!
    the record is dedicated \to her mother die Schallplatte ist ihrer Mutter gewidmet
    I propose a toast \to the bride and groom ich bringe einen Toast auf die Braut und den Bräutigam aus
    a memorial \to all the soldiers who died in Vietnam ein Denkmal für alle im Vietnamkrieg gefallenen Soldaten
    23. (per)
    the car gets 25 miles \to the gallon das Auto verbraucht eine Gallone auf 25 Meilen
    three parts oil \to one part vinegar drei Teile Öl auf einen Teil Essig
    the odds are 2 \to 1 that you'll lose die Chancen stehen 2 zu 1, dass du verlierst
    she awoke \to the sound of screaming sie wurden durch laute Schreie wach
    I like exercising \to music ich trainiere gerne mit Musik
    I can't dance \to this sort of music ich kann zu dieser Art Musik nicht tanzen
    the band walked on stage \to rapturous applause die Band zog unter tosendem Applaus auf die Bühne
    25. (roughly) bis + dat
    thirty \to thirty-five people dreißig bis fünfunddreißig Leute
    26. MATH (defining exponent) hoch
    ten \to the power of three zehn hoch drei
    27.
    that's all there is \to it das ist schon alles
    there's not much [or nothing] \to it das ist nichts Besonderes, da ist nichts Besonderes dabei
    1. (expressing future intention) zu
    she agreed \to help sie erklärte sich bereit zu helfen
    I'll have \to tell him ich werde es ihm sagen müssen
    I don't expect \to be finished any later than seven ich denke, dass ich spätestens um sieben fertig sein werde
    he lived \to see his first grandchild er durfte erleben, dass sein erstes Enkelkind geboren wurde
    I have \to go on a business trip ich muss auf eine Geschäftsreise
    the company is \to pay over £500,000 die Firma muss über 500.000 Pfund bezahlen
    he's going \to write his memoirs er wird seine Memoiren schreiben
    I have some things \to be fixed ich habe einige Dinge zu reparieren
    Blair \to meet with Bush Blair trifft Bush
    to be about \to do sth gerade etw tun wollen, im Begriff sein, etw zu tun
    2. (forming requests) zu
    she was told \to have the report finished by Friday sie wurde gebeten, den Bericht bis Freitag fertigzustellen
    he told me \to wait er sagte mir, ich solle warten
    I asked her \to give me a call ich bat sie, mich anzurufen
    we asked her \to explain wir baten sie, es uns zu erklären
    you've not \to do that du sollst das nicht tun
    that man is not \to come here again der Mann darf dieses Haus nicht mehr betreten
    young man, you're \to go to your room right now junger Mann, du gehst jetzt auf dein Zimmer
    3. (expressing wish) zu
    I need \to eat something first ich muss zuerst etwas essen
    I'd love \to live in New York ich würde nur zu gern in New York leben
    would you like \to dance? möchten Sie tanzen?
    that child ought \to be in bed das Kind sollte [schon] im Bett sein
    I want \to go now ich möchte jetzt gehen
    I need \to go to the bathroom ich muss mal auf die Toilette
    do you want \to come with us? willst du [mit uns] mitkommen?
    I'd love \to go to France this summer ich würde diesen Sommer gern nach Frankreich fahren
    4. (omitting verb)
    are you going tonight?I'm certainly hoping \to gehst du heute Abend? — das hoffe ich sehr
    would you like to go and see the Russian clowns?yes, I'd love \to möchtest du gern die russischen Clowns sehen? — ja, sehr gern
    can you drive?yes I'm able \to but I prefer not \to kannst du Auto fahren? — ja, das kann ich, aber ich fahre nicht gern
    5. after adj (to complete meaning)
    it's not likely \to happen es ist unwahrscheinlich, dass das geschieht, das wird wohl kaum geschehen
    I was afraid \to tell her ich hatte Angst, es ihr zu sagen
    he's able \to speak four languages er spricht vier Sprachen
    she's due \to have her baby sie bekommt bald ihr Baby
    I'm afraid \to fly ich habe Angst vorm Fliegen
    she's happy \to see you back sie ist froh, dass du wieder zurück bist
    I'm sorry \to hear that es tut mir leid, das zu hören
    easy \to use leicht zu bedienen
    languages are fun \to learn Sprachenlernen macht Spaß
    it is interesting \to know that es ist interessant, das zu wissen
    three months is too long \to wait drei Monate zu warten ist zu lang
    I'm too nervous \to talk right now ich bin zu nervös, um jetzt zu sprechen
    I'm going there \to see my sister ich gehe dort hin, um meine Schwester zu treffen
    she's gone \to pick Jean up sie ist Jean abholen gegangen
    my second attempt \to make flaky pastry mein zweiter Versuch, einen Blätterteig zu machen
    they have no reason \to lie sie haben keinerlei Grund zu lügen
    I have the chance \to buy a house cheaply ich habe die Gelegenheit, billig ein Haus zu kaufen
    something \to eat etwas zu essen
    the first person \to arrive die erste Person, die ankam [o eintraf]
    Armstrong was the first man \to walk on the moon Armstrong war der erste Mann, der den Mond betrat
    7. (expressing intent)
    we tried \to help wir versuchten zu helfen
    \to make this cake, you'll need... für diesen Kuchen braucht man...
    he managed \to escape es gelang ihm zu entkommen
    I don't know what \to do ich weiß nicht, was ich tun soll
    I don't know where \to begin ich weiß nicht, wo ich anfangen soll
    she was wondering whether \to ask David about it sie fragte sich, ob sie David deswegen fragen sollte
    can you tell me how \to get there? könne Sie mir sagen, wie ich dort hinkomme?
    9. (introducing clause)
    \to tell the truth [or \to be truthful] um die Wahrheit zu sagen
    \to be quite truthful with you, Dave, I never really liked the man ich muss dir ehrlich sagen, Dave, ich konnte diesen Mann noch nie leiden
    \to be honest um ehrlich zu sein
    10. (in consecutive acts) um zu
    he looked up \to greet his guests er blickte auf, um seine Gäste zu begrüßen
    she reached out \to take his hand sie griff nach seiner Hand
    they turned around \to find their car gone sie drehten sich um und bemerkten, dass ihr Auto verschwunden war
    III. ADVERB
    inv zu
    to push [or pull] the door \to die Tür zuschlagen
    to come \to zu sich dat kommen
    to set \to sich akk daranmachen fam
    they set \to with a will, determined to finish the job sie machten sich mit Nachdruck daran, entschlossen, die Arbeit zu Ende zu bringen
    * * *
    [tuː]
    1. PREPOSITION
    1) = in direction of, towards zu

    to go to the doctor( 's)/greengrocer's etc — zum Arzt/Gemüsehändler etc gehen

    to go to the opera/concert etc — in die Oper/ins Konzert etc gehen

    to go to France/London — nach Frankreich/London fahren

    to go to Switzerland —

    he came up to where I was standing —

    to turn a picture/one's face to the wall — ein Bild/sich mit dem Gesicht zur Wand drehen

    2) = as far as, until bis

    to count (up) to 20 —

    3) = in in (+dat)

    I have never been to Brussels/India — ich war noch nie in Brüssel/Indien

    4)

    = secure to he nailed it to the wall/floor etc — er nagelte es an die Wand/auf den Boden etc

    they tied him to the tree —

    5)

    with indirect object to give sth to sb — jdm etw geben

    a present from me to you —

    I said to myself... — ich habe mir gesagt...

    he was muttering/singing to himself — er murmelte/sang vor sich hin

    "To... " (on envelope etc) to pray to God — "An (+acc)..." zu Gott beten

    6) in toasts auf (+acc)
    7)

    = next to with position bumper to bumper — Stoßstange an Stoßstange

    close to sb/sth — nahe bei jdm/etw

    at right angles to the wall —

    to the west (of)/the left (of) — westlich/links (von)

    20 ( minutes) to 2 — 20 (Minuten) vor 2

    at (a) quarter to 2 — um Viertel vor 2

    it was five to when we arrived — es war fünf vor, als wir ankamen

    9) = in relation to zu

    A is to B as C is to D —

    they won by 4 goals to 2 — sie haben mit 4:2 (spoken: vier zu zwei) Toren gewonnen

    10) = per pro; (in recipes, when mixing) auf (+acc)
    11) MATH

    3 to the 4th, 3 to the power of 4 — 3 hoch 4

    12)

    = concerning what do you say to the idea? — was hältst du von der Idee?

    to repairing television £30 (Comm) — (für) Reparatur eines Fernsehers £ 30

    13)

    = according to to the best of my knowledge — nach bestem Wissen

    14)

    = accompanied by to sing to the guitar —

    to sing sth to the tune of... — etw nach der Melodie von... singen

    to dance to a tune/a band — zu einer Melodie/den Klängen or der Musik eines Orchesters tanzen

    15)

    = of ambassador to America/the King of France — Botschafter in Amerika/am Hofe des Königs von Frankreich

    16)

    = producing to everyone's surprise — zu jedermanns Überraschung

    17)

    infinitive to begin to do sth — anfangen, etw zu tun

    I want him to do it — ich will, dass er es tut

    18)

    conditional use of infinitive to see him now, one would never think... — wenn man ihn jetzt sieht, würde man nicht glauben,...

    19)

    infinitive expressing purpose, result to eat/work to live —

    I did it to help youich tat es, um dir zu helfen

    to get to the point,... — um zur Sache zu kommen,...

    well, not to exaggerate... — ohne zu übertreiben,...

    I arrived to find she had gone — als ich ankam, war sie weg

    20)

    omitting verb I don't want to — ich will nicht

    we didn't want to but we were forced to — wir wollten nicht, aber wir waren dazu gezwungen

    I intended to (do it), but I forgot (to) — ich wollte es tun, aber ich habe es vergessen

    buy it, it would be silly not to — kaufe es, es wäre dumm, es nicht zu tun

    he often does things one doesn't expect him to — er macht oft Dinge, die man nicht von ihm erwartet

    21)

    set structures __diams; noun/pronoun + to + infinitive he is not the sort to do that — er ist nicht der Typ, der das täte, er ist nicht der Typ dazu

    I have done nothing to deserve this — ich habe nichts getan, womit ich das verdient hätte

    who is he to order you around? — wer ist er denn, dass er dich so herumkommandiert?

    he was the first to arrive — er kam als Erster an, er war der Erste, der ankam

    who was the last to see her? —

    what is there to do here? —

    now is the time to do it — jetzt ist die (beste) Zeit, es zu tun

    you are foolish to try it — du bist dumm, das überhaupt zu versuchen

    is it good to eat? —

    he's too old to be still in short trouserser ist schon so alt und trägt noch kurze Hosen

    2. ADJECTIVE
    door (= ajar) angelehnt; (= shut) zu
    3. ADVERB

    to and fro — hin und her; walk auf und ab

    * * *
    to
    A präp [tuː; tʊ; tə]
    2. (Richtung und Ziel, räumlich) zu, nach, an (akk), in (akk), auf (akk):
    go to London nach London fahren;
    from east to west von Osten nach Westen;
    throw sth to the ground etwas auf den oder zu Boden werfen
    3. in (dat):
    have you ever been to London?
    4. (Richtung, Ziel, Zweck) zu, auf (akk), an (akk), in (akk), für, gegen:
    play to a large audience vor einem großen Publikum spielen; duty A 1 a, invite A 1, pray B 2, etc
    5. (Zugehörigkeit) zu, in (akk), für, auf (akk):
    a cap with a tassel to it eine Mütze mit einer Troddel (daran);
    a key to the case ein Schlüssel für den oder zum Koffer;
    a room to myself ein Zimmer für mich (allein); assistant B 1, end C 7, moral B 1, secretary 1, etc
    6. (Übereinstimmung, Gemäßheit) nach, für, gemäß: astonishment, etc
    7. (im Verhältnis oder Vergleich) zu, gegen, gegenüber, auf (akk), mit:
    the score is three to one (3-1) das Spiel oder es steht drei zu eins (3:1);
    two is to four as four is to eight zwei verhält sich zu vier wie vier zu acht
    8. (Ausmaß, Grenze, Grad) bis, (bis) zu, (bis) an (akk), auf (akk), in (dat):
    to the clouds bis an die Wolken;
    ten feet to the ground zehn Fuß bis zum Boden; craziness
    9. (zeitliche Ausdehnung oder Grenze) bis, bis zu, bis gegen, auf (akk), vor (dat):
    from three to four von drei bis vier (Uhr);
    it’s ten to five es ist zehn vor fünf
    10. (Begleitung) zu, nach:
    sing to a guitar zu einer Gitarre singen;
    they danced to a tune sie tanzten nach einer Melodie; dance A 1
    a) betont:
    he gave the book to me, not to you! er gab das Buch mir, nicht Ihnen!
    she was a good mother to him sie war ihm eine gute Mutter
    B partikel [tʊ; tə]
    to go gehen;
    easy to understand leicht zu verstehen;
    she was heard to cry man hörte sie weinen
    2. (Zweck, Absicht) um zu, zu:
    he only does it to earn money er tut es nur, um Geld zu verdienen
    I weep to think of it ich weine, wenn ich daran denke;
    he was the first to arrive er kam als Erster;
    to hear him talk wenn man ihn (so) reden hört; honest A 1 b
    why blame you me to love you? obs oder poet was tadelst du mich, weil ich dich liebe?
    5. zur Andeutung eines aus dem Vorhergehenden zu ergänzenden Infinitivs:
    I don’t go because I don’t want to ich gehe nicht, weil ich nicht (gehen) will
    C adv [tuː]
    1. a) zu, geschlossen:
    pull the door to die Türe zuziehen
    b) angelehnt:
    2. (wieder) zu Bewusstsein oder zu sich: bring to A 1, come to 1
    3. SCHIFF nahe am Wind:
    keep her to!
    a) hin und her,
    b) auf und ab
    * * *
    1.
    [before vowel tʊ, before consonant tə, stressed tuː] preposition

    go to work/to the theatre — zur Arbeit/ins Theater gehen

    to Paris/France — nach Paris/Frankreich

    3) (as far as) bis zu

    from London to Edinburgh — von London [bis] nach Edinburgh

    increase from 10 % to 20 % — von 10 % auf 20 % steigen

    4) (next to, facing)
    5) (implying comparison, ratio, etc.)

    [compared] to — verglichen mit; im Vergleich zu

    it's ten to one he does something — die Chancen stehen zehn zu eins, dass er etwas tut

    to somebody/something — jemandem/einer Sache (Dat.)

    lend/explain etc. something to somebody — jemandem etwas leihen/erklären usw.

    to me (in my opinion) meiner Meinung nach

    7) (until) bis

    five [minutes] to eight — fünf [Minuten] vor acht

    8) with infinitive of a verb zu; expressing purpose, or after too um [...] zu

    do something to annoy somebody — etwas tun, um jemanden zu ärgern

    too young to marry — zu jung, um zu heiraten; zu jung zum Heiraten

    he would have phoned but forgot to — er hätte angerufen, aber er vergaß es

    she didn't want to go there, but she had to — sie wollte nicht hingehen, aber sie musste

    2.
    [tuː] adverb

    be to[Tür, Fenster:] angelehnt sein

    2)

    English-german dictionary > to

  • 82 право прав·о

    юр.
    1) (узаконенная свобода делать что-л.) right; (на помощь, пособие) entitlement; (полномочие) power

    аннулировать права — to annul / to nullify rights

    давать право одному государству совершать действия на территории другого государства — to give to a state the right to perform certain acts on the territory of another state

    дать (кому-л.) право — to give (smb.) a title

    затрагивать (чьи-л.) права — to involve (smb.'s) rights

    злоупотреблять (своими) правами — to abuse the rights

    иметь право — to have / to possess the right (to), to be entitled (to), to be eligible (for); to be vested with the right

    иметь право исповедовать любую религию или не исповедовать никакой — to have the right to profess or not to profess any religion

    лишиться / утрачивать права — to forfeit

    наносить ущерб (чьим-л.) правам — to prejudice (smb.'s) rights

    не иметь права вмешиваться в обсуждение (какого-л.) вопроса — to have no say in the matter, not to be entitled to the discussion

    обладать правами — to enjoy / to have rights

    ограничивать права — to curtail / to restrict (smb.'s) rights

    оспаривать право — to dispute / to contest a right

    оставить (за собой) право сделать (что-л.)to reserve the right to do (smth.)

    осуществлять (свои) права — to exercise (one's) rights

    отказать (кому-л.) в праве — to deny (smb.) the right

    отказаться от (своего) права — to renounce / to resign / to abandon / to surrender (one's) right (to)

    отказаться от права выступить — to forgo / to waive one's right to speak

    отстаивать (свои) права — to assert / to stand upon (one's) rights

    пользоваться правами — to exercise / to enjoy one's rights поступаться (своим) правом to waive (one's) right

    посягать на (чьи-л.) права — to invade (smb's) rights, to infringe on / upon (smb.'s) rights

    предоставлять праваto confer rights (upon), to grant / to accord / to give rights (to), to entitle, to enable, to empower

    предоставлять (кому-л.) право сделать что-л. (преим. о законодательстве)to enable (smb.) to do smth.

    присваивать (себе) право — to arrogate (to oneself) a right

    расширять права — to broaden / to expand the rights

    реализовать (своё) право — to exercise (one's) right

    сохранять (за собой) право сделать что-л. — to reserve the right (to do smth.)

    уважать права и законные интересы (других) лиц — to respect the rights and lawful interests of (other) persons

    уравнивать в право ах — to give / to grand equal rights (to smb.), to equalize (smb.) in rights

    "бумажное право" (право, существующее на бумаге)paper title

    естественное право — natural law / right

    законное право — legitimate right, valid title

    использование / осуществление (своего) законного права — enjoyment of (one's) legal right

    избирательное право — vote, electoral right, suffrage, elective franchise, electorship

    всеобщее, равное и прямое избирательное право при тайном голосовании — universal, equal and direct suffrage by secret ballot

    лишение избирательных прав — deprivation of electoral rights, disenfranchisement

    имеющий право выдвижения собственной кандидатуры или избрания самого себя (на какой-л. пост, в члены организации)self-elective

    имущественные права — property rights, vested interests

    исключительное право — exclusive / sole / prerogative right, monopoly, prerogative, absolute title

    исключительное право на учреждение предприятия / фирмы — exclusive right of establishment

    монопольное право — exclusive / monopoly / sole right

    неотъемлемое право — inalienable / inherent / undeniable right

    облекающий правом (преим. о законе)enabling

    общее / совместное право — right of common

    основные права — basic / fundamental rights

    особое право, предоставленное правительством или монархом — franchise

    лишать политических прав — to denude / to deprive (smb.) of political rights

    преимущественное право — preference, priority / underlying, preferential right, right of priority

    признанные права — acquired / vested rights

    на равных правах — enjoying / exercising equal rights

    осуществлять (свои) суверенные права — to exercise (one's) sovereign rights

    защита прав — defence / protection of rights

    коллизия права (противоречие между нормами различных правовых систем по одному и тому же вопросу)conflict of laws

    лицо, имеющее право на обратный переход к нему имущества — reversioner

    лица, ограниченные в праве передвижения — restrictees

    лицо, отказавшееся от (каких-либо) прав в пользу другого лица — releasor

    лицо, получившее право на возмещение ущерба — recoveror

    нарушение / ущемление прав — infringement / violation of rights

    отказ от прав — abandonment of rights, quitclaim

    положение, принадлежащее по праву — rightful position

    право ангарии, право воюющей стороны на захват — right of angary

    право беспрепятственного / мирного прохода — right of innocent passage

    право вето — right of veto, veto power, negative voice

    право владения, пользования и распоряжения — right of possession, enjoyment and disposal

    право выбирать (свой собственный) путь (развития) — right of nations to choose their own path / way (of development)

    право выгрузки пассажиров, багажа, грузов и почты — right to discharge passengers, baggage, cargo and mail

    право выезда / выхода — egress

    право, выработанное судами — judge-made law

    право, вытекающее из (факта) владения — title by possession

    права, вытекающие из данного договора — rights under the treaty

    право вышестоящего суда пересмотреть приговор или решение нижестоящего суда — appellate jurisdiction

    право голоса / участия в выборах / голосовании — voting right, franchise one's right to vote

    лишать права голосаto exclude (smb.) from the poll, to deprive of the right to vote, to disfranchise

    лишать выборщика права голоса — to disqualify an elector, to disfranchise

    права заимствования / на получение кредита (в МВФ)drawing rights (in IMF)

    специальные права заимствования, СПЗ — special drawing rights, SDR

    право заключать коллективные договоры — right to collective bargaining, right to conclude collective agreements

    право законодательной инициативы — right of legislative initiative, power to initiate legislation

    социально-экономические, политические и личные права и свободы — social, economic, political and personal rights and freedoms

    право инспекции / осмотра — right of inspection

    право на вмешательство / на интервенцию — right of intervention

    право на возвращение (своих) природных ресурсов — right to reclaim (one's) natural resources

    право на гражданство — right to citizenship / nationality

    право на домовую церковь (для посла) / свободного отправления религиозного культа в особом помещении посольства или миссии — right of Chapel

    право на жизнь, свободу и личную неприкосновенность — right to life, liberty and security of person

    право на материальное обеспечение в старости в случае болезни и потери трудоспособности — right to material security in old age, sickness and disability

    право на национализацию или передачу владения своим гражданам — right to nationalization or transfer of ownership to its nationals

    право на ответ / на ответное слово — right of reply

    используя право на ответ / в порядке осуществления права на ответ — in exercise of (one's) right of reply

    право на получение информации (журналистами) / право быть осведомлённым — right to know разг.

    право на разработку минеральных ресурсов / полезных ископаемых — mineral rights

    права на репатриацию иностранных капиталовложений / прибылей — repatriation right

    право на самооборону — right of / to self-defence

    право на свободу убеждений и свободное их выражение / свободу слова — right to freedom of opinion and expression

    право на связь / на использование связи — right of communication

    право на социальное обеспечение — right to social security / insurance

    право на существование — right to exist, right of existence

    иметь право на что-л. (в силу собственных заслуг, способностей, создавшегося положения)in one's own right

    право навигации / судоходства — navigation right

    право наследования — right of succession / to inherit

    право, основанное на давности (его использования)prescriptive right

    права, осуществляемые (по чьему-л.) полномочию — vicarious power / authority

    права, относящиеся к предоставлению убежища — rights relating to asylum

    право погрузки пассажиров, багажа, грузов и почты — right to pick up passengers, baggage, cargo and mail

    право покидать любую страну, включая свою собственную, и возвращаться в свою страну — right to leave any country including one's own and to return to one's country

    право по рождению / в силу происхождения — birthright

    право посольства / представительства — right of legation

    право, признанное судом справедливости — equities

    право принимать пассажиров, направляющихся на территорию (какого-л.) государства — privilege to take on passengers for the territory of a state

    право проезда / прохода — right of passage

    право рыболовства — right of fishery / fishing

    право свободно выбирать (себе) местожительство — right to freedom of residence

    право собственности — title, property right, right of ownership

    права собственности или квазисобственности — proprietary or quasi-proprietary rights

    неоспоримое право собственности — marketable / merchantable / good title

    право собственности, приобретённое завладением — title by occupancy

    право транзита / транзитного прохода — right of transit

    право убежища — right of asylum, rights of sanctuary, sanctuary rights

    права человека — human rights, rights of mankind

    защита прав человека — defence / protection of human rights

    нарушение прав человека — repsession / supression / violation of human rights

    право (на осуществление) юрисдикции — right of jurisdiction

    утрата права на... — loss of a right to...

    внутригосударственное право — national law, municipal jurisprudence

    государственное право — state / political / public / constitutional law

    нарушения государственных или общественных прав и интересов — public wrongs

    договорное право — law of treaties, contract law

    дополнительное, субсидиарное право — appendant

    каноническое право — canon law, the Canon

    космическое право — outer space / cosmic law

    кулачное право, право сильного — fist law

    международное право — international law, law of nations

    несовместимость с нормами международного права — incompatibility with the norms / rules of international law

    морское право — law of the sea, maritime / naval law

    морское призовое право — maritime / naval prize

    общее / обычное право — common / customary / consuetudinary law

    прецедентное право — law of precedent, case law

    торговое право — merchant / commercial law, law-merchant

    уголовное право — criminal / penal law

    нарушение / несоблюдение норм права — contempt of the law

    Russian-english dctionary of diplomacy > право прав·о

  • 83 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 84 run

    rʌn
    1. сущ.
    1) бег, пробег, пробежка at a runбегом on the runна ходу, в движении We took a run around the track. ≈ Мы побежали по беговой дорожке. to keep smb. on the run ≈ не давать кому-л. остановиться We have the enemy on the run. ≈ Мы обратили противника в бегство. to be on the runотступать, бежать to go for a run ≈ пробежаться Syn: running, trot, canter
    2) короткая поездка, небольшое путешествие Let's take a run upstate for the day. ≈ Давай на денек съездим за пределы штата. Syn: trip, excursion, journey
    3) маршрут, рейс
    4) а) расстояние, отрезок пути б) ж.-д. пробег (паровоза, вагона) ;
    отрезок пути;
    прогон
    5) период времени, полоса( удач, неудач и т. п.) Gamblers always hope for a run of good luck. ≈ Игроки всегда надеются, что когда-нибудь наступит полоса удач. Syn: series, course, continuance, continuation
    6) ход, работа, действие (машины, мотора)
    7) спрос
    8) нечто обычное, обыкновенное We've had nothing exciting - just the usual run of applicants. ≈ У нас нет ничего особенного - обычные просители. Syn: class, kind, sort, genre, type
    9) разг. свобода, возможность пользования (чем-л.) You have the run of my office. ≈ Вы можете свободно пользоваться моим офисом. Syn: freedom, unrestricted use
    10) а) стадо животных, косяк рыбы (во время миграции) б) тираж в) партия (изделий)
    11) а) огороженное место (для кур и т. п.) б) загон/пастбище для овец в) нора, убежище The kids are building a rabbit run. ≈ Дети строят норку для кролика. Syn: enclosure, pen
    12) направление;
    тенденция развития Syn: course, passage, tendency, direction
    13) амер. поток, ручей Syn: flow
    14) желоб, лоток, труба и т. п.
    15) уклон;
    трасса
    16) амер. спустившаяся петля( обыкн. на чулке) I'm darning up a run in my old ski sweater. ≈ Я зашиваю спустившуюся петлю в моем старом свитере. Syn: unraveled place, ladder
    17) муз. рулада
    18) авиац. заход на цель
    19) горн. бремсберг
    20) длина( провода)
    21) геол. направление рудной жилы
    22) кормовое заострение( корпуса)
    23) тех. погон, фракция (напр., нефти) ∙ in the long runв конце концов;
    в общем to go with a run ≈ идти как по маслу
    2. гл.
    1) бежать, бегать Syn: lope, race, sprint
    2) убегать, спасаться бегством
    3) ходить, курсировать, плавать( о поездах, судах и т. п.)
    4) двигаться, катиться( о транспорте, мяче и т. п.;
    тж. о событиях, делах и т. п.) Things must run their course. ≈ Надо предоставить события их естественному ходу. Syn: jog, trot
    5) проходить, бежать, лететьвремени) How fast the years run by! ≈ Как быстро летят годы!
    6) пронестись, промелькнуть( о мыслях)
    7) быстро распространяться( об огне, пламени, новостях и т. п.)
    8) а) простираться, расстилаться, тянуться б) тянуться, расти, обвиваться( о растениях)
    9) проводить, прокладывать (линии на карте, дороги и т. п.)
    10) а) литься, струиться, течь;
    проливаться Syn: flow б) прокекать, течь в) разливаться;
    расплываться;
    линять( о рисунке и т. п.)
    11) работать, быть включенным, нести нагрузку
    12) идти гладко, быть в порядке All my arrangements ran smoothly. ≈ Все шло как по маслу.
    13) гласить( о документе, тексте и т. п.) a telex running as followsтелекс следующего содержания
    14) быть действительным( на определенный срок) The lease runs for five years. ≈ Аренда действительна на пять лет.
    15) руководить, управлять;
    вести (дело, предприятие и т. п.) ;
    направить движение или течение( чего-л.)
    16) управлять( автомобилем и т. п.)
    17) а) показывать (фильм, пьесу и т. п.) б) идти, демонстрироваться( о фильме, пьесе и т. п.)
    18) а) проводить (соревнования, бега или скачки) б) участвовать( в соревнованиях, бегах или скачках)
    19) баллотироваться, выставлять (свою) кандидатуру на выборах (for) More people are running for the city council. ≈ Многие выставляют свои кандидатуры в городской совет.
    20) лить, наливать
    21) плавить, лить (металл) ;
    выпускать металл (из печи)
    22) а) гнать, подгонять б) преследовать, травить( зверя)
    23) накапливаться, образоваться( о долге)
    24) амер. спуститься( о петле)
    25) втыкать, вонзать( into) ;
    продевать( нитку в иголку)
    26) прорывать;
    пробиваться сквозь;
    преодолевать (препятствие)
    27) а) перевозить, поставлять (товары и т.п.) б) перевозить, ввозить( контрабанду)
    28) (как глагол-связка) становиться, делаться run cold run dry run madrun about run across run after - run against run aground run along run around run at run away run away with run back run down run in run into run off run on run out run over run through run to run up run upon run with run messages run it close run it fine run a thing close run a person close run too far бег, пробег - at a * бегом - to come up at a * подбежать - on the * на ходу, в движении;
    второпях - to be on the * all day быть весь день в бегах - to break into a * побежать, пуститься бегом бегство;
    беспорядочное отступление - to be on the * поспешно отступать, бежать - we have the enemy on the * мы обратили врага в бегство побег;
    нахождение в бегах - the criminal was on the * преступник был в бегах - to go for a * пробежаться;
    проехаться( в автомобиле, на лошади и т. п.) - I was giving my dog a * in the park я пустил свою собаку побегать в парке короткая поездка - a * to Paris кратковременная поездка в Париж - good *! счастливого пути! рейс, маршрут - ship's * маршрут /рейс/ корабля переход - trial * испытательный пробег - a day's * день пути - it is a quick * from Glasgow это недалеко от Глазго( железнодорожное) перегон, прогон (авиация) полет;
    перелет - we had a good * полет проходил хорошо пройденное расстояние;
    отрезок пути (железнодорожное) пробег (локомотива, вагона) (авиация) отрезок трассы( авиация) пробег (при посадке) ;
    разбег( при взлете) тропа( проложенная животными) - a buffalo * буйволова тропа колея (след от транспорта) период, отрезок ( времени), полоса - a * of success полоса успеха - a * of ill luck несчастливая полоса;
    полоса невезения - a long * of power долгое пребывание у власти - to have a long * долго идти (на сцене) направление - the * of the mountains is S.W. горы тянутся на юго-запад (геология) направление рудной жилы партия (изделий) тираж (книги и т. п.) - a * of three thousand (copies) тираж в три тысячи( экземпляров) (спортивное) (в крикете и бейсболе) единица счета( спортивное) (в крикете и бейсболе) перебежка - to make six *s сделать шесть перебежек (спортивное) (в крикете и бейсболе) очко за перебежку стадо (животных), стая( птиц), косяк (рыбы) (карточное) ряд, серия - a * of cards карты одной масти, идущие подряд по достоинству;
    "стрит" (в покере) - a * of three три карты одной масти подряд средний тип, сорт или разряд - the general * of smth. что-л. обычное /среднее/ - an ordinary * of cloth обыкновенный /стандартный/ сорт ткани - the common /general, ordinary/ * of men обыкновенные люди - out of the * необыкновенный, из ряда вон выходящий, незаурядный - above the ordinary * of mankind необыкновенный, незаурядный - not like the common * of girls не такая, как все девушки спрос - a * on rubber большой спрос на резину - to have a general * пользоваться широким спросом - the book had a considerable * книга пользовалась спросом;
    книга хорошо распродавалась - a * on the bank( коммерческое) наплыв в банк требований о возвращении вкладов, массовое изъятие вкладов из банка( разговорное) разрешение, право пользования( чем-л.) - to have the * of smb.'s house иметь право распоряжаться в чьем-л. доме - I had the * of a well-stocked library в моем полном распоряжении оказалась богатая библиотека загон (для овец и т. п.), вольер( для кур и т. п.) (австралийское) пастбище, особ. овечье,cкотоводческая ферма (американизм) ручей, поток сильный прилив, приток( воды и т. п.) (американизм) ток (жидкости) ;
    истечение - the first * of the sugar maple сок сахарного клена первого сбора уклон, трасса обвал, оползень труба, желоб, лоток (для воды) длина (провода, труб) - a 500 ft * of pipe пятисотфутовый отрезок трубы;
    труба длиной в пятьсот футов размер( стиха) ход рыбы на нерест, нерестящаяся рыба марш (лестницы) (морское) кормовое заострение( корпуса) (музыкальное) рулада ход, работа, действие (мотора, машины) - test /trial/ * испытание( машины, оборудования и т. п.) - an experimental * to test the machinery опытный /пробный/ запуск агрегата течение, ход (событий и т. п.) - the * of the disease ход /течение/ болезни - the usual /ordinary/ * of things обычное положение вещей - the * of the market( коммерческое) общая тенденция рыночных цен демонстрирование, показ, просмотр( фильма, спектакля) - the first * of the film премьера кинофильма, выпуск кинофильма на экран провоз( контрабанды) (авиация) заход на цель (тж. bombing *) - to enter the * начинать заход на цель (американизм) спустившаяся петля (на чулке) серия (измерений) > at a * подряд, один за другим > in the long * в конце концов;
    в конечном счете;
    в общем > to go with a * идти как по маслу > to come down with a * стремительно падать > prices came down with a * цены резко упали > to give smb. /to let smb. have/ a good * for his money предоставить кому-л. все удовольствия на свете (обыкн. ирон.) ;
    заставить кого-л. побегать, поволноваться и т. п. > it's all in the day's * это все обычно, мы ко всему этому привыкли > the * of one's teeth бесплатное питание( обыкн. за проделанную работу) жидкий;
    расплавленный;
    растопленный;
    вылитый в расплавленном состоянии;
    литой - * butter топленое масло - * metal литье отцеженный, отфильтрованный - * honey чистый мед (отделенный от сот) (разговорное) контрабандный нерестящийся - * fish рыба, пришедшая в пресную воду на нерест (специальное) мягкий - * coal мягкий или сыпучий уголь;
    мягкий битуминозный уголь;
    рядовой уголь (диалектизм) свернувшийся, скисший ( о молоке) бежать, бегать - to * fast бегать быстро - to * a mile пробежать милю - to * oneself out of breath задохнуться от бега - to * upstairs побежать наверх - to * down a hill сбежать с холма - to * about the streets бегать /носиться/ по улицам - to * across the street перебежать (через) улицу - to * out of the room выбегать из комнаты - to * at smb.'s heels бежать рядом( о собаке) - to * past smb. пробежать мимо кого-л. - to * after smb. бежать за кем-л.;
    ухаживать;
    "бегать" за кем-л. - * after him беги за ним!, догони его! - she is very much run after за ней многие ухаживают гнать, подгонять - to * cattle гнать скот( на пастбище) убегать, спасаться бегством (тж. * away, * off) - to * from smb., smth. убегать от кого-л., чего-л. - the enemy ran враг обратился в бегство - to * for it (разговорное) удирать, спасаться, искать спасения в бегстве - to * before the sea (морское) уходить от волны - to * out of range( военное) выходить за пределы досягаемости (огня) двигаться, катиться, скользить - to * on rails ходить /двигаться/ по рельсам - sledges * on snow сани скользят по снегу - the ball ran past the hole мяч покатился мимо лунки (в гольфе) - the drawer doesn't * easily ящик плохо выдвигается - life *s smoothly for her ее жизнь течет гладко /спокойно/ (американизм) (разговорное) катать в автомобиле (кого-л.) ходить, следовать, курсировать, плавать - to * every three minutes ходить каждые три минуты - to * on a regular service совершать регулярные рейсы - the trains aren't *ning поезда не ходят - to * straight for (морское) идти прямо в - to * off the course (морское) сбиваться с курса - to * in with the shore( морское) идти вдоль берега двигаться, идти (с определенной скоростью) съездить( куда-л.) на короткий срок - to * up and visit smb. съездить к кому-л. погостить - to * over to Paris съездить (ненадолго) в Париж (авиация) совершать пробег, разбег (авиация) заходить на цель бежать, лететь, протекать( о времени) - time *s fast время бежит /летит/ идти, происходить( о событиях и т. п.) (быстро) распространяться - the fire ran through the building огонь охватил все здание - the pain ran up his arm он почувствовал острую боль в руке тянуться, простираться, расстилаться - to * north and south тянуться /простираться/ на север и юг - the road *s up the hill дорога идет в гору - a river that *s 200 miles река протяженностью в двести миль - new streets will * here здесь будут новые улицы ползти, виться( о растениях) - a vine *s over the porch крыльцо увито виноградом - a rambling rose ran all over the wall роза оплетала всю стену проводить, прокладывать - to * a fence round a house обнести дом забором - to * boundary lines( on a map) проводить границы( на карте) - to * a contour обвести контур - to * a parallel( too far) проводить (слишком далекие) параллели быть действительным на определенный срок - this contract *s for seven years этот контракт действителен на семь лет - this bill ran thirty days этот вексель был сроком на 30 дней распространяться на определенную территорию, действовать на определенной территории - the King's laws do not * here королевские законы на эту местность не распространяются - so far as British justice *s там, где действует британское правосудие иметь хождениеденьгах) сопровождать в качестве непременного условия - a right-of-way that *s with the land земля, через которую проходит полоса отчуждения (шоссе и т. п.) течь, литься, сочиться, струиться - to * with sweat взмокнуть( от пота) - wait till the water *s hot подожди, пока не пойдет горячая вода - tears ran down her cheeks слезы текли /катились/ по ее щекам /лицу/ - the floor was *ning with water пол был залит водой протекать, течь - this tap *s этот кран течет - his eyes * у него слезятся /гноятся/ глаза разливаться, расплываться - this ink does not * эти чернила не расплываются таять, течь - the butter ran масло растаяло - the candle ran свеча оплыла (into) сливаться, переходить( во что-л.) - to * into one сливаться, объединяться воедино - the rooms ran one into the other комнаты были проходными лить, наливать - to * water into a glass налить воду в стакан - streets * blood улицы были залиты кровью вращаться - a wheel *s колесо вращается - to * (up) on an axis вращаться вокруг оси;
    вращаться на оси (on, upon) касаться( какой-л. темы и т. п.) (over) касаться, слегка дотрагиваться до (чего-л.) гласить - this clause *s этот пункт гласит - her telegram *s в ее телеграмме говорится проходить;
    преодолевать (препятствие) - to * a blockade прорывать блокаду - to * the guard проходить незамеченным мимо часового - to * rapids преодолевать пороги, проходить через пороги линять (американизм) (австралийское) дразнить( кого-л.), приставать( к кому-л.), дергать( кого-л.) (строительство) покрывать штукатуркой - to * a moulding вытягивать карниз шаблоном руководить (учреждением и т. п.) ;
    вести (дело, предприятие и т. п.) - to * a business вести дело, управлять предприятием управлять ( автомобилем) ;
    водить (автобус и т. п.) - to * the engine запускать двигатель /мотор/ - I * this machine я работаю на этой машине - to * a steamer водить пароход водить корабль без конвоя (во время войны) ставить (опыт) ;
    проводить (испытания) - he will * this experiment он поставит этот опыт работать, действовать( о машине) - to leave the engine *ning не выключать мотора - the motor *s smoothly мотор работает ровно /спокойно/ пускать( линию) ;
    открывать( трассу, сообщение) - an express train *s between these cities между этими городами ходит поезд /есть железнодорожное сообщение/ отправлять( автобусы и т. п.) на линию, по маршруту - to * extra trains during the rush hours пускать дополнительные поезда в часы пик проводить (соревнования, бега, скачки;
    тж. * off) - the Derby was * in a snowstorm дерби проводилось во время снегопада - we are *ning a competition to find new dancers мы проводим конкурс, чтобы выявить новых танцоров участвовать (в соревнованиях, в беге, в скачках) - to * (in) a race участвовать в соревнованиях по бегу или в скачках - to * (a race over) a mile участвовать в беге на одну милю на кубок занимать место( в соревнованиях и т. п.) - to * second прийти вторым - my horse ran last моя лошадь пришла последней /заняла последнее место/ демонстрировать, показывать ( пьесу, фильм) - we ran this play six times мы показали эту пьесу 6 раз идти (о пьесе, фильме) - the play has been *ning for a year эта пьеса идет (уже) год перевозить, транспортировать (груз) - to * a cargo of coffee перевозить груз кофе - to * smb. into London отвезти кого-л. в Лондон провозить контрабандой - to * liqour нелегально /контрабандно/ провозить спиртные напитки преследовать, травить (зверя и т. п.) - to * a stag преследовать оленя обнаружить;
    настигнуть;
    спрятаться, притаиться - to * a quarry to earth настичь жертву преследовать (по суду) подвергаться( риску, опасности) - to * risks /hazards, chances/ рисковать печатать, опубликовывать, помещать( в газете, журнале) - to * a story on the third page помещать /давать/ рассказ на третьей странице баллотироваться (на пост) - to * in an election баллотироваться на выборах - to * for parliament баллотироваться в парламент выставлять (кандидатуру) выполнять (поручение) - to * errands выполнять поручения;
    быть на посылках, на побегушках - to * messages быть посыльным, разносить телеграммы и т. п. болтать;
    распускать (язык) - how your tongue *s как ты (много) болтаешь спускаться( о петле) - her stocking ran у нее на чулке спустилась петля сметывать (платье и т. п.) ;
    сшить на скорую руку (тж. to * up) идти (на нерест) - the salmon *s every year семга нерестится каждый год плавить (металл) отставать( о коре деревьев) ударить( по шару), покатить( шар - в биллиарде) (диалектизм) скисать, свертываться( о молоке) как глагол-связка в составном именном сказуемом становиться, делаться - to * cold похолодеть - the river ran dry река высохла /пересохла/ иметь - to * (a) temperature иметь (высокую) температуру - I think I am *ning a temperature мне кажется, что у меня( поднимается) температура - to * a fever лихорадить > an also ran неудачник > to * the streets быть беспризорником > to * riot буйствовать, бушевать > her report *s on different lines ее доклад построен по-другому > to * the show распоряжаться;
    быть во главе;
    командовать парадом > to * false идти наперерез( при охоте на зверя) > to * smth. close быть почти равным (по качеству и т. п.) > to * to cover уйти от /избежать/ опасности;
    принять меры предосторожности > to * foul (of) (морское) столкнутьсядругим судном) ;
    (историческое) брать на абордаж;
    поссориться;
    вступить в конфликт > they ran foul of the law они оказались в неладах с законом > to * smb. ragged изнурять кого-л. > to * to seed см. seed > to * a mile (from) бегать от кого-л.;
    изо всех сил избегать кого-л. > to * it /things/ fine иметь в обрез( времени, денег) > to * out of steam устать, измотаться;
    быть совершенно без сил > to * rings round бегать по кругу > to * before the hounds забегать вперед, опережать события > to * aground( морское) сесть или посадить на мель;
    выбрасываться на берег > to * a ship aground посадить корабль на мель > to * ashore( морское) выбрасываться на берег;
    приткнуться к берегу > to * a line ashore передать /бросить/ конец на берег ~ идти гладко;
    all my arrangements ran smoothly все шло как по маслу to be on the ~ отступать, бежать;
    we have the enemy on the run мы обратили противника в бегство benchmark ~ вчт. контрольный прогон ~ спрос;
    run on the bank наплыв в банк требований о возвращении вкладов;
    the book has a considerable run книга хорошо распродается ~ into доходить до, достигать;
    the book ran into five editions книга выдержала пять изданий to give (smb.) a ~ дать пробежаться;
    to come down with a run быстро падать ~ средний тип или разряд;
    the common run of men обыкновенные люди computer ~ вчт. запуск программы на компьютере to give (smb.) a ~ дать пробежаться;
    to come down with a run быстро падать to keep (smb.) on the ~ не давать (кому-л.) остановиться;
    to go for a run пробежаться ~ тех. погон, фракция ( напр., нефти) ;
    at a run подряд ;
    in the long run в конце концов;
    в общем;
    to go with a run = идти как по маслу ~ разг. разрешение пользоваться (чем-л.) ;
    хозяйничать( где-л.) ;
    to have the run of (smb.'s) books иметь право пользоваться (чьими-л.) книгами ~ амер. спуститься (о петле) ;
    her stocking ran у нее на чулке спустилась петля ~ away with заставить потерять самообладание;
    his temper ran away with him он не сумел сдержаться ~ проходить, бежать, лететь (о времени) ;
    пронестись, промелькнуть (о мысли) ;
    how fast the years run by! как быстро летят годы! ~ тех. погон, фракция (напр., нефти) ;
    at a run подряд ;
    in the long run в конце концов;
    в общем;
    to go with a run = идти как по маслу to keep (smb.) on the ~ не давать (кому-л.) остановиться;
    to go for a run пробежаться ~ быть действительным на известный срок;
    the lease runs for seven years аренда действительна на семь лет ~ вращаться, работать, действовать, нести нагрузку (о машине) ;
    to leave the engine (of a motorcar) running не выключать мотора long ~ длительный период времени long ~ крупная партия изделий long ~ крупносерийное производство long ~ продолжительная работа ~ период времени, полоса;
    a run of luck полоса везения, удачи;
    a long run of power долгое пребывание у власти ~ to хватать, быть достаточным;
    the money won't run to a car этих денег не хватит на машину run бег, пробег;
    at a run бегом ;
    on the run на ходу, в движении;
    on the run all day весь день в беготне run бег, пробег;
    at a run бегом ;
    on the run на ходу, в движении;
    on the run all day весь день в беготне ~ идти (о пьесе) ;
    the play ran for six months пьеса шла шесть месяцев print ~ полигр. тираж издания production ~ массовое производство production ~ партия изделий production ~ продолжительность выпуска продукции production ~ производственный период production ~ серийное производство run бег, пробег;
    at a run бегом ;
    on the run на ходу, в движении;
    on the run all day весь день в беготне ~ (ran;
    ~) бежать;
    бегать ~ горн. бремсберг ~ быстро распространяться (об огне, пламени;
    о новостях) ~ быть действительным ~ быть действительным на известный срок;
    the lease runs for seven years аренда действительна на семь лет ~ вращаться, работать, действовать, нести нагрузку (о машине) ;
    to leave the engine (of a motorcar) running не выключать мотора ~ втыкать, вонзать (into) ;
    продевать (нитку в иголку) ~ выставлять (свою) кандидатуру на выборах (for) ~ гласить (о документе, тексте) ;
    this is how the verse runs вот как звучит это стихотворение ~ гнать, подгонять ~ двигаться, передвигаться( обыкн. быстро) ;
    things must run their course надо предоставить события их естественному ходу ~ длина (провода) ~ желоб, лоток, труба ~ вчт. запуск ~ вчт. запускать ~ ав. заход на цель ~ идти (о пьесе) ;
    the play ran for six months пьеса шла шесть месяцев ~ идти гладко;
    all my arrangements ran smoothly все шло как по маслу ~ иметь силу ~ употр. как глагол-связка: to run cold похолодеть;
    холодеть;
    to run dry высыхать;
    иссякать;
    to run mad сходить с ума ~ катиться ~ кормовое заострение (корпуса) ~ короткая поездка;
    a run up to town кратковременная поездка в город ~ лить, наливать ~ накапливаться, образоваться (о долге) ;
    to run (up) a bill задолжать( at - портному и т. п.) ~ направить движение или течение (чего-л.) ;
    заставить двигаться;
    to run the car in the garage ввести автомобиль в гараж ~ направление;
    the run of the hills is NE холмы тянутся на северо-восток;
    the run of the market общая тенденция рыночных цен ~ геол. направление рудной жилы ~ направлять;
    управлять (машиной) ;
    to run the vacuum cleaner чистить пылесосом, пылесосить ~ огороженное место (для кур и т. п.) ;
    загон или пастбище для овец ~ вчт. однократно выполнять программу ~ вчт. однократный проход программы ~ отрезок времени ~ партия (изделий) ~ партия изделий ~ перевозить;
    поставлять;
    ввозить (контрабанду) ~ период ~ период времени, полоса;
    a run of luck полоса везения, удачи;
    a long run of power долгое пребывание у власти ~ плавить, лить (металл) ;
    выпускать металл (из печи) ~ тех. погон, фракция (напр., нефти) ;
    at a run подряд ;
    in the long run в конце концов;
    в общем;
    to go with a run = идти как по маслу ~ показ, просмотр (фильма, спектакля) ~ преследовать, травить (зверя) ~ ж.-д. пробег (паровоза, вагона) ;
    отрезок пути;
    прогон ~ пробег ~ вчт. прогон ~ вчт. прогон программы ~ вчт. прогонять программу ~ производственный период ~ прокладывать, проводить;
    to run a line on a map провести линию на карте ~ проливать(ся) (о крови) ~ прорывать;
    пробиваться сквозь;
    преодолевать (препятствие) ;
    to run the blockade прорвать блокаду ~ протекать ~ проходить, бежать, лететь (о времени) ;
    пронестись, промелькнуть (о мысли) ;
    how fast the years run by! как быстро летят годы! ~ пускать лошадь (на бега или скачки) ~ работа ~ работать ~ разг. разрешение пользоваться (чем-л.) ;
    хозяйничать (где-л.) ;
    to have the run of (smb.'s) books иметь право пользоваться (чьими-л.) книгами ~ разряд ~ расплываться (о чернилах) ;
    линять (о рисунке на материи) ~ расстояние, отрезок пути ~ рейс, маршрут ~ рейс ~ руководить, управлять;
    вести(дело, предприятие) ;
    эксплуатировать;
    to run a hotel быть владельцем гостиницы ~ муз. рулада ~ амер. ручей, поток ~ спасаться бегством, убегать;
    to run for it разг. искать спасения в бегстве ~ спрос;
    run on the bank наплыв в банк требований о возвращении вкладов;
    the book has a considerable run книга хорошо распродается ~ амер. спустившаяся петля на чулке ~ амер. спуститься (о петле) ;
    her stocking ran у нее на чулке спустилась петля ~ средний сорт ~ средний тип или разряд;
    the common run of men обыкновенные люди ~ стадо животных, косяк рыбы (во время миграции) ~ течь, литься, сочиться, струиться ~ тип ~ тираж ~ тянуться, расти, обвиваться (о растениях) ~ тянуться, проходить, простираться, расстилаться;
    to run zigzag располагать(ся) зигзагообразно ~ уклон;
    трасса ~ управлять ~ участвовать (в соревнованиях, скачках, бегах) ~ ход, работа, действие (машины, мотора) ~ ход ~ ходить;
    курсировать;
    плавать ~ эксплуатировать ~ накапливаться, образоваться (о долге) ;
    to run (up) a bill задолжать (at - портному и т. п.) ~ a business вести дело to ~ low истощаться, иссякать ( о пище, деньгах и т. п.) ;
    to run a fever лихорадить ~ руководить, управлять;
    вести(дело, предприятие) ;
    эксплуатировать;
    to run a hotel быть владельцем гостиницы ~ a hotel управлять гостиницей ~ прокладывать, проводить;
    to run a line on a map провести линию на карте to ~ a person close быть (чьим-л.) опасным соперником to ~ a person close быть почти равным (кому-л.) ;
    to run a person off his legs загонять( кого-л.) до изнеможения;
    to run too far заходить слишком далеко to ~ a person close быть почти равным (кому-л.) ;
    to run a person off his legs загонять (кого-л.) до изнеможения;
    to run too far заходить слишком далеко ~ a risk подвергаться риску ~ a risk рисковать to ~ riot см. riot;
    to run a thing close быть почти равным (по качеству и т. п.) ~ about играть, резвиться( о детях) ;
    run across (случайно) встретиться (с кем-л.) ;
    натолкнуться( на кого-л.) ~ about суетиться, бегать взад и вперед ~ about играть, резвиться (о детях) ;
    run across (случайно) встретиться (с кем-л.) ;
    натолкнуться (на кого-л.) ~ after бегать, ухаживать (за кем-л.) ;
    run against сталкиваться;
    наталкиваться на ~ after преследовать ~ after бегать, ухаживать (за кем-л.) ;
    run against сталкиваться;
    наталкиваться на ~ over пробегать( глазами;
    пальцами по клавишам и т. п.) ;
    to run an eye (over smth.) окинуть взглядом, бегло просмотреть( что-л.) to ~ one's head against a wall стукнуться головой об стену;
    перен. прошибать лбом стену;
    run at набрасываться, накидываться( на кого-л.) ~ away with заставить потерять самообладание;
    his temper ran away with him он не сумел сдержаться ~ away with принять необдуманное решение ~ away with увлечься мыслью ~ back восходить к (определенному периоду;
    to) ~ back прослеживать до (источника, начала и т. п.;
    to) to ~ before the wind мор. идти на фордевинд ~ употр. как глагол-связка: to run cold похолодеть;
    холодеть;
    to run dry высыхать;
    иссякать;
    to run mad сходить с ума ~ down догнать, настигнуть ~ down опрокидывать ~ down останавливаться( о машине, часах и т. п.) ~ down (обыкн. p. p.) переехать, задавить ~ down переутомлять(ся) ;
    истощать(ся), изнурять(ся) ~ down пренебрежительно отзываться( о ком-л.) ~ down сбежать ~ down столкнуться ~ down съездить ненадолго;
    съездить из Лондона в провинцию ~ down уничтожать ~ употр. как глагол-связка: to run cold похолодеть;
    холодеть;
    to run dry высыхать;
    иссякать;
    to run mad сходить с ума ~ спасаться бегством, убегать;
    to run for it разг. искать спасения в бегстве ~ in арестовать и посадить в тюрьму ~ in бросаться врукопашную ~ in навестить, заглянуть ~ in тех. обкатывать, производить обкатку ~ in разг. провести кандидата (на выборах) ~ into впадать в;
    to run into debt влезать в долги ~ into доходить до, достигать;
    the book ran into five editions книга выдержала пять изданий ~ into налетать, наталкиваться ( на что-л.) ;
    сталкиваться (с чем-л.) ~ into впадать в;
    to run into debt влезать в долги ~ upon неожиданно или внезапно встретиться;
    to run messages быть на посылках;
    to run it close (или fine) иметь в обрез( времени, денег и т. п.) to ~ low истощаться, иссякать (о пище, деньгах и т. п.) ;
    to run a fever лихорадить to ~ low понижаться, опускаться ~ upon неожиданно или внезапно встретиться;
    to run messages быть на посылках;
    to run it close (или fine) иметь в обрез (времени, денег и т. п.) ~ направление;
    the run of the hills is NE холмы тянутся на северо-восток;
    the run of the market общая тенденция рыночных цен ~ направление;
    the run of the hills is NE холмы тянутся на северо-восток;
    the run of the market общая тенденция рыночных цен ~ on говорить без умолку ~ on полигр. набирать "в подбор" ~ on писаться слитно( о буквах) ~ on продолжать(ся) ;
    тянуть(ся) ~ спрос;
    run on the bank наплыв в банк требований о возвращении вкладов;
    the book has a considerable run книга хорошо распродается to ~ one's head against a wall стукнуться головой об стену;
    перен. прошибать лбом стену;
    run at набрасываться, накидываться (на кого-л.) ~ out выбегать ~ out выдвигаться, выступать( о строении и т. п.) ~ out вытекать ~ out закончить гонку;
    run out of истощить свой запас ~ out истекать ~ out истощаться;
    истекать (о времени) ~ out кончаться ~ out закончить гонку;
    run out of истощить свой запас ~ over переехать, задавить (кого-л.) ~ over переливаться через край ~ over пробегать (глазами;
    пальцами по клавишам и т. п.) ;
    to run an eye (over smth.) окинуть взглядом, бегло просмотреть (что-л.) ~ over просматривать;
    повторять ~ over съездить, сходить ~ прорывать;
    пробиваться сквозь;
    преодолевать (препятствие) ;
    to run the blockade прорвать блокаду ~ the books вести бухгалтерские книги ~ направить движение или течение (чего-л.) ;
    заставить двигаться;
    to run the car in the garage ввести автомобиль в гараж ~ the command вчт. исполнять команду ~ the program вчт. выполнять программу ~ направлять;
    управлять (машиной) ;
    to run the vacuum cleaner чистить пылесосом, пылесосить ~ through бегло прочитывать или просматривать ~ through зачеркнуть( написанное) ~ through прокалывать ~ through промотать (состояние) ~ to достигать (суммы, цифры) ~ to идти (в листья, семена) ;
    to run to fat превращаться в жир;
    разг. жиреть, толстеть ~ to ударятьсякрайность и т. п.) ;
    to run to extremes впадать в крайности ~ to хватать, быть достаточным;
    the money won't run to a car этих денег не хватит на машину ~ to ударяться (в крайность и т. п.) ;
    to run to extremes впадать в крайности to ~ to seed пойти в семена;
    перен. перестать развиваться;
    опуститься;
    пойти прахом to ~ a person close быть почти равным (кому-л.) ;
    to run a person off his legs загонять (кого-л.) до изнеможения;
    to run too far заходить слишком далеко ~ up быстро расти;
    увеличиваться ~ up вздувать( цены) ~ up возводить спешно( постройку) ~ up доходить (to - до) ~ up поднимать(ся) ~ up складывать (столбец цифр) ~ up съездить (в город) ~ короткая поездка;
    a run up to town кратковременная поездка в город ~ upon вертеться вокруг (чего-л.), возвращаться( к чему-л.) (о мыслях) ~ upon неожиданно или внезапно встретиться;
    to run messages быть на посылках;
    to run it close (или fine) иметь в обрез (времени, денег и т. п.) ~ тянуться, проходить, простираться, расстилаться;
    to run zigzag располагать(ся) зигзагообразно ~ off не производить впечатления;
    the scoldings run off him like water off a duck's back его ругают, а с него все как с гуся вода short ~ временная работа short ~ короткий период времени short ~ краткосрочный short ~ мелкосерийное производство short ~ мелкосерийный short ~ небольшая партия изделий split ~ реклама с разбивкой тиража для размещения различных объявлений to take the ~ for one's money получить полное удовольствие за свои деньги test ~ испытательный пробег test ~ пробная эксплуатация test ~ пробный рейс test ~ вчт. тестовый запуск ~ двигаться, передвигаться (обыкн. быстро) ;
    things must run their course надо предоставить события их естественному ходу ~ гласить (о документе, тексте) ;
    this is how the verse runs вот как звучит это стихотворение trial ~ пробная партия изделий trial ~ пробная эксплуатация trial: ~ run пробный пуск, пробег;
    trial trip пробное плавание;
    перен. эксперимент to be on the ~ отступать, бежать;
    we have the enemy on the run мы обратили противника в бегство when you ~ вчт. при выполнении

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > run

  • 85 authority

    noun
    1) no pl. (power) Autorität, die; (delegated power) Befugnis, die

    have the/no authority to do something — berechtigt od. befugt/nicht befugt sein, etwas zu tun

    have/exercise authority over somebody — Weisungsbefugnis gegenüber jemandem haben

    on one's own authorityin eigener Verantwortung

    [be] in authority — verantwortlich [sein]

    2) (body having power)

    the authoritiesdie Behörde[n]

    3) (expert, book, quotation) Autorität, die

    have it on the authority of somebody/something that... — durch jemanden/etwas wissen, dass...

    have it on good authority that... — aus zuverlässiger Quelle wissen, dass...

    4) no pl.

    give or add authority to something — einer Sache (Dat.) Gewicht verleihen

    5) no pl. (masterfulness) Souveränität, die
    * * *
    [o:'Ɵorəti]
    plural - authorities; noun
    1) (the power or right to do something: He gave me authority to act on his behalf.) die Befugnis; die Vollmacht
    2) (a person who is an expert, or a book that can be referred to, on a particular subject: He is an authority on Roman history.) die Autorität
    3) ((usually in plural) the person or people who have power in an administration etc: The authorities would not allow public meetings.) die Obrigkeit
    4) (a natural quality in a person which makes him able to control and influence people: a man of authority.) die Autorität
    - academic.ru/4474/authoritarian">authoritarian
    - authoritative
    * * *
    author·ity
    [ɔ:ˈθɒrəti, AM əˈθɔ:rət̬i]
    n
    1. no pl (right of control) Autorität f; ADMIN Amtsgewalt f, Weisungsbefugnis f; MIL Befehlsgewalt f
    parental \authority elterliche Autorität; LAW elterliche Gewalt fachspr
    to be in \authority verantwortlich [o zuständig sein] sein
    we need to get the support of someone in \authority wir brauchen die Unterstützung eines Verantwortlichen
    person in \authority Verantwortliche(r) f(m)
    who is [the person] in \authority here? wer ist hier verantwortlich [o zuständig]?
    to be in [or have] \authority over sb (empowered to give orders) jdm gegenüber weisungsbefugt sein; (be above in hierarchy) jdm übergeordnet sein
    to be under sb's \authority (be answerable to) jdm gegenüber verantwortlich sein; (be below in hierarchy) jdm unterstehen
    to exercise [or exert] [or use] \authority Autorität ausüben
    to exercise [or exert] [or use] one's \authority over sb jdm gegenüber seine Autorität geltend machen
    2. no pl (permission) Befugnis f; (to act on sb's behalf) Vollmacht f
    \authority to purchase ECON, LAW Ankaufsermächtigung f
    to give sb \authority to do sth jdn [dazu] befugen, etw zu tun; (to act on one's behalf) jdn [dazu] bevollmächtigen, etw zu tun
    to have the \authority to do sth befugt sein, etw zu tun; (to act on sb's behalf) bevollmächtigt sein, etw zu tun
    by \authority ADMIN, LAW mit [amtlicher] Genehmigung
    on the \authority of sb im Auftrag [o mit Genehmigung] einer Person
    on one's own \authority in eigener Verantwortung
    without \authority unbefugt
    to act without \authority unbefugt handeln
    to act without [or to exceed one's] \authority seine Befugnisse überschreiten
    3. no pl (strength of personality) Autorität f
    to have \authority over/with sb [große] Autorität bei jdm genießen [o besitzen]
    he's got no \authority over his students er besitzt [o genießt] bei seinen Studenten keine Autorität
    4. no pl (knowledge) Sachverstand m, Kompetenz f
    to speak with \authority on sth sich akk [sehr] kompetent zu etw dat äußern
    5. (expert) Autorität f, Kapazität f, Experte, Expertin m, f
    world \authority international anerkannte Autorität
    to be an \authority for/on sth ein Experte/eine Expertin für etw akk sein
    to be an \authority on microbiology eine Autorität [o Kapazität] auf dem Gebiet der Mikrobiologie sein
    6. (organization) Behörde f, Amt nt
    education \authority Schulamt nt
    health \authority Gesundheitsbehörde f
    7. (bodies having power)
    the authorities pl die Behörden pl
    local authorities Kommunalbehörden pl
    to report sb/sth to the authorities jdn/etw den Behörden melden
    8. no pl (source) Quelle
    I have it on my bosses \authority that... ich weiß von meinem Chef, dass...
    to have sth on good \authority etw aus zuverlässiger Quelle wissen
    I have it on good \authority that... ich weiß aus zuverlässiger Quelle, dass...
    9. LAW
    legal \authority (statement) Rechtsmeinung f; (judgement) Präzedenzentscheidung f
    10. LAW
    [level of] \authority Instanz f
    proper \authority zuständige Instanz
    * * *
    [ɔː'ɵɒrItɪ]
    n
    1) (= power) Autorität f; (= right, entitlement) Befugnis f; (= specifically delegated power) Vollmacht f; (MIL) Befehlsgewalt f

    people who are in authority — Menschen, die Autorität haben

    parental authority — Autorität der Eltern; (Jur) elterliche Gewalt

    to put sb in authority over sb —

    those who are put in authority over us the Queen and those in authority under her — diejenigen, deren Aufsicht wir unterstehen die Königin und die ihr untergebenen Verantwortlichen

    to be under the authority of sbunter jds Aufsicht (dat) stehen; (in hierarchy) jdm unterstehen; (Mil) jds Befehlsgewalt (dat) unterstehen

    you'll have to ask a teacher for the authority to take the key —

    under or by what authority do you claim the right to...? — mit welcher Berechtigung verlangen Sie, dass...?

    to have the authority to do sth — berechtigt or befugt sein, etw zu tun

    to have no authority to do sthnicht befugt or berechtigt sein, etw zu tun

    he was exceeding his area of authorityer hat seinen Kompetenzbereich or seine Befugnisse überschritten

    to give sb the authority to do sthjdn ermächtigen (form) or jdm die Vollmacht erteilen, etw zu tun

    he had my authority to do itich habe es ihm gestattet or erlaubt

    who gave you the authority to do that? —

    2) (also pl = ruling body) Behörde f, Amt nt; (= body of people) Verwaltung f; (= power of ruler) (Staats)gewalt f, Obrigkeit f

    the Prussian respect for authority —

    they appealed to the supreme authority of the House of Lords — sie wandten sich an die höchste Autorität or Instanz, das Oberhaus

    this will have to be decided by a higher authoritydas muss an höherer Stelle entschieden werden

    3) (= weight, influence) Autorität f

    to have or carry ( great) authority — viel gelten (with bei); (person also) (große or viel) Autorität haben (with bei)

    to speak/write with authority — mit Sachkunde or mit der Autorität des Sachkundigen sprechen/schreiben

    I/he can speak with authority on this matter — darüber kann ich mich/kann er sich kompetent äußern

    to give an order with authority —

    4) (= expert) Autorität f, Fachmann m/-frau f

    I'm no authority but... —

    5) (= definitive book etc) (anerkannte) Autorität f; (= source) Quelle f

    to have sth on good authority —

    * * *
    authority [ɔːˈθɒrətı; US əˈθɑr-] s
    1. Autorität f, (Amts)Gewalt f:
    in authority verantwortlich;
    those in authority die Verantwortlichen;
    a) verantwortlich sein,
    b) das Sagen haben;
    on one’s own authority in eigener Verantwortung;
    be under sb’s authority jemandem verantwortlich sein
    2. Autorität f, Ansehen n ( with bei), Einfluss m ( over auf akk): carry B 6
    3. Nachdruck m, Gewicht n:
    add authority to einer Geschichte etc Nachdruck oder Gewicht verleihen
    4. Vollmacht f, Ermächtigung f, Befugnis f:
    by authority mit amtlicher Genehmigung;
    on the authority of im Auftrage oder mit Genehmigung (gen);
    without authority unbefugt, unberechtigt;
    have the (no) authority to do sth (nicht) befugt oder berechtigt sein, etwas zu tun;
    have full authority to act volle Handlungsvollmacht besitzen;
    authority to sign Unterschriftsvollmacht, Zeichnungsberechtigung f
    5. Behörde f
    6. a) Quelle f
    b) Grundlage f ( for für):
    what is your authority for your thesis? worauf stützen Sie Ihre These?;
    we have it on his authority that … wir wissen durch ihn, dass …;
    I have it on good authority that … ich weiß aus sicherer oder verlässlicher Quelle, dass …
    7. Autorität f, Kapazität f (on auf dem Gebiet gen)
    8. JUR
    a) maßgebliche Gerichtsentscheidung
    b) Rechtsquelle f
    auth. abk
    2. author (authoress)
    * * *
    noun
    1) no pl. (power) Autorität, die; (delegated power) Befugnis, die

    have the/no authority to do something — berechtigt od. befugt/nicht befugt sein, etwas zu tun

    have/exercise authority over somebody — Weisungsbefugnis gegenüber jemandem haben

    [be] in authority — verantwortlich [sein]

    the authorities — die Behörde[n]

    3) (expert, book, quotation) Autorität, die

    have it on the authority of somebody/something that... — durch jemanden/etwas wissen, dass...

    have it on good authority that... — aus zuverlässiger Quelle wissen, dass...

    4) no pl.

    give or add authority to something — einer Sache (Dat.) Gewicht verleihen

    5) no pl. (masterfulness) Souveränität, die
    * * *
    n.
    Autorität f.
    Berechtigung f.
    Kompetenz f.
    Legitimation f.

    English-german dictionary > authority

  • 86 loco

    adj.
    1 crazy, cracked, batty, crazed.
    2 crazy.
    m.
    madman, crackpot, crazy person, head case.
    * * *
    1 (gen) mad, crazy, insane
    2 (muy ocupado) terribly busy
    nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    1 lunatic, insane person
    \
    a lo loco any old how
    como un,-a loco,-a like mad
    estar loco,-a de alegría to be over the moon
    estar loco,-a por alguien to be mad about somebody
    hacer el loco to act wild
    hacerse el/la loco,-a to pretend to know nothing, act dumb
    ¡ni loco,-a! no way!
    volver loco,-a a alguien to drive somebody crazy, drive somebody mad
    volverse loco,-a to go mad
    loco,-a de remate stark raving mad
    * * *
    1. (f. - loca)
    adj.
    crazy, mad
    2. (f. - loca)
    noun
    * * *
    loco, -a
    1. ADJ
    1) (=no cuerdo) mad, crazy

    ¿estás loco? — are you mad o crazy?

    no seas loco, eso es muy arriesgado — don't be stupid, that's very risky

    una brújula locaa compass whose needle no longer points north

    estaba loco de alegríahe was mad o wild with joy

    andar o estar loco con algo — (=preocupado) to be worried to death about sth; (=contento) to be crazy about sth

    está loco por algn/algo, está loco por esa chica — he's mad o crazy about that girl

    anda o está loca por irse a Inglaterra — she's mad keen to go to England

    tener o traer loco a algn, este asunto me tiene o trae loco — this business is driving me crazy

    volver loco a algn — to drive sb mad, drive sb round the bend

    volverse loco — to go insane, go mad

    2) (=frenético) hectic
    3) * (=enorme)
    2.
    SM / F lunatic, madman/madwoman

    el loco de César se ha comprado otro cochethat lunatic o madman César has bought another car

    correr como un loco — to run like mad

    gritar como un loco — to shout like a madman, shout one's head off

    hacerse el loco — to act the fool

    es un loco perdidohe's stark raving mad

    ponerse como un loco — to start acting like a madman/madwoman

    3.
    SM Chile abalone, false abalone
    * * *
    I
    - ca adjetivo
    1)
    a) (Med, Psic) mad, insane
    b) ( chiflado) crazy (colloq), nuts (colloq)

    este tipo está medio loco — (fam) the guy's not all there (colloq)

    no seas loco, te vas a matar — don't be stupid, you'll kill yourself

    ¿disculparme yo? ni (que estuviera) loco! — what, me apologize? not in a million years!

    hacer algo a lo locoto do something any which way (AmE) o (BrE) any old how (colloq)

    estar loco de remate or de atar — (fam) to be completely nuts (colloq)

    tener or (Esp) traer loco a alguien — to be driving somebody crazy (colloq)

    c) (contento, entusiasmado)

    están locos con el nietothey're besotted with their grandchild

    d) (fam) ( ajetreado)
    2)
    b)

    loco de algo: estaba loca de alegría she was blissfully happy; está loco de celos he's wild with jealousy; estaba loco de dolor he was racked with pain; está loca de amor — she's madly in love

    II
    - ca masculino, femenino
    1) ( enfermo mental) (m) madman; (f) madwoman

    maneja or (Esp) conduce como un loco — he drives like a lunatic

    corrimos como locos — (fam) we ran like crazy o mad (colloq)

    el loco de Javier se vino a pie — Javier walked here, mad fool that he is

    hay mucho loco suelto — (fam) there are a lot of weirdos about (colloq)

    cada loco con su tema — (fam) to each his own

    la loca de la casa — (liter) the imagination

    2) loco masculino (Zool) abalone
    * * *
    = crazy [crazier -comp., craziest -sup.], demented, crazed, daft [dafter -comp., daftest -sup.], bananas, mad, insane, deranged, out of + Posesivo + mind, lunatic, nut, bonkers, wacko, dolally tap, dolally [do-lally], imbecile, berserk, wacky [wackier -comp., wackiest -sup.], madman, nutter, off + Posesivo + nut, kook, daffy [daffier -comp., daffiest -sup.], loony [loonier -comp., looniest -sup], maniac, out of + Posesivo + senses, off + Posesivo + knocker, off + Posesivo + rocker, moonstruck.
    Ex. Lest it appear that Ms Marshall's committee and a few others of us, notoriously associated with that kind of work, are little more than crazy, fire-breathing radicals, let me add this gloss immediately.
    Ex. Without the ability to select when faced with these choices we would be like demented dogs chasing every attractive smell that reaches our noses in complete confusion of purpose.
    Ex. Many of the inhabitants were shot dead or injured by a crazed gunman.
    Ex. Ranking among the dafter exercises sometimes imposed on children is the one that requires them to describe a screwdriver or a vase or the desks they sit at, or any familiar object.
    Ex. It is frequently lack of that causes teachers to accuse children of being lazy, uncooperative, insubordinate, rude, or plain bananas.
    Ex. When J D Brown allowed the public of Islington to have open access to the books in the 1890s he was regarded by many of his colleagues as mad!.
    Ex. Ramakrishna was deemed holy by his followers but considered insane by many non-Hindus chiefly because of his behavior when interacting with the goddess Kali.
    Ex. Accessing the web today is like entering a large library, where there is no catalogue but where a deranged janitor has assembled in the lobby a few pages torn from the indexes of randomly selected volumes.
    Ex. The article ' Out of their minds: legal theory in neural networks' criticises the use of neural networks in law.
    Ex. This put the matter down to the work of a marginal fringe of hotheads & lunatics.
    Ex. The ratings war between TV programmes has produced an emphasis on ' nuts, sluts, & perverts' & their victims, & discussion of sexual problems are commonplace on TV talk shows.
    Ex. This client was bonkers, but believable.
    Ex. Varieties of bad bosses include disagreeable taskmasters, overly ambitious artists, and outright ' wackos'.
    Ex. Now I know this country of ours is totally dolally tap!.
    Ex. The server has gone dolally by the looks of it.
    Ex. The same evil is done in slaving, tormenting and killing, say, chimpanzees as is done in so injuring human imbeciles.
    Ex. Today, hyperbolic comic and cartoon imagery is an established movie aesthetic -- a berserk but ironic Pop Art expressionism.
    Ex. 'Open Season' is a wild and wacky animated comedy set in the town of Timberline.
    Ex. Since January of 2006 we have had to deal with the raving lunatics and suicidal madmen of the ruling party of Hamas.
    Ex. Even if we do come up with an alternative to nuclear power, in the future, there will be nutters protesting that as well.
    Ex. A few years later Stewart went completely off his nut, staged a series of bombings, and wound up in prison after a bizarre kidnapping stunt.
    Ex. He then ended his affair with Mia, Bram's housekeeper cum lottery winner and daughter of the kook who swears he was abuducted by aliens.
    Ex. This isn't as daffy as it seems to us as we hustle about on the verge of the third millennium.
    Ex. Some loud loonies are not dangerous to the library while others may be; the librarian needs to be able to guess which is which.
    Ex. The novel is a crude barbaric mixture of verse and prose, poetry and realism, crammed with ghosts, corpses, maniacs all very unlike Racine.
    Ex. He means well for his country, is always an honest man, often a wise one, but sometimes and in some things, absolutely out of his senses.
    Ex. Every firearm hast its pros and cons and anyone who tells you otherwise is off their knocker.
    Ex. I find it fascinating how Bradley can be perfectly reasonable one moment, and off his rocker the next.
    Ex. ' Moonstruck' has all the fun of movies about weddings: a reluctant groom, an overeager bride, and an emotionally distraught family.
    ----
    * a lo loco = helter-skelter, like there's no tomorrow.
    * a tontas y locas = like there's no tomorrow, without rhyme or reason.
    * buscando como loco = in hot pursuit of.
    * casa de locos = lunatic asylum, madhouse, bedlam.
    * casa de los locos = asylum, mental asylum, madhouse.
    * chillar como un loco = shout + Posesivo + head off, scream + Posesivo + head off, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + head, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream like + a banshee, wail like + a banshee.
    * como loco = like hell, like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, like a madman.
    * como un loco = like crazy, like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, madly, like a madman.
    * estar loco = be off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * estar loco de alegría = be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits, be tickled pink.
    * estar loco de contento = be beside + Reflexivo + with joy, be over the moon.
    * estar loco de remate = be a real nutter.
    * estar loco por = have + a crush on.
    * gritar como un loco = shout + Posesivo + head off, scream + Posesivo + head off, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + head, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream like + a banshee, wail like + a banshee.
    * hacerse el loco = act + dumb, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have heard, pretend + not to have seen, turn + a deaf ear to.
    * idea loca = wild thought.
    * loco como una cabra = raving lunatic.
    * loco de alegría = chuffed to bits.
    * loco de atar = stark raving mad, raving mad, raving lunatic, stir-crazy.
    * loco de contento = chuffed to bits.
    * loco del deporte = sports freak.
    * loco de remate = barking mad, certified madman.
    * loco perdido = stark raving mad, raving mad, raving lunatic.
    * ¡ni loco! = Not on your life!, You won't catch me doing it.
    * parecer loco = sound + crazy.
    * ponerse como loco = get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.
    * ponerse loco = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.
    * sine loco (s.l.) = s.l. (sine loco).
    * trabajar como un loco = work off + Posesivo + shoes.
    * volver a Alguien loco = drive + Alguien + up a wall, drive + Alguien + to despair, drive + Alguien + mad, drive + Alguien + insane, drive + Alguien + crazy, drive + Alguien + nuts, drive + Alguien + potty.
    * volver loco = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend, piss + Nombre + off.
    * volver loco a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops, push + Alguien + over the edge.
    * volverse loco = go + bananas, take + leave of + Posesivo + senses, go + mad, run + amok, lose + Posesivo + marbles, go + bonkers, go + berserk, go + postal, go + wild, go + crazy, go + nuts, go + potty, get + a buzz from, go out of + Posesivo + mind, throw + a wobbly, go off + the rails, throw + a wobbler, go + haywire, go off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * volverse loco de alegría = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.
    * volverse loco por = sweep + Nombre + off + Posesivo + feet, go + gaga (over).
    * * *
    I
    - ca adjetivo
    1)
    a) (Med, Psic) mad, insane
    b) ( chiflado) crazy (colloq), nuts (colloq)

    este tipo está medio loco — (fam) the guy's not all there (colloq)

    no seas loco, te vas a matar — don't be stupid, you'll kill yourself

    ¿disculparme yo? ni (que estuviera) loco! — what, me apologize? not in a million years!

    hacer algo a lo locoto do something any which way (AmE) o (BrE) any old how (colloq)

    estar loco de remate or de atar — (fam) to be completely nuts (colloq)

    tener or (Esp) traer loco a alguien — to be driving somebody crazy (colloq)

    c) (contento, entusiasmado)

    están locos con el nietothey're besotted with their grandchild

    d) (fam) ( ajetreado)
    2)
    b)

    loco de algo: estaba loca de alegría she was blissfully happy; está loco de celos he's wild with jealousy; estaba loco de dolor he was racked with pain; está loca de amor — she's madly in love

    II
    - ca masculino, femenino
    1) ( enfermo mental) (m) madman; (f) madwoman

    maneja or (Esp) conduce como un loco — he drives like a lunatic

    corrimos como locos — (fam) we ran like crazy o mad (colloq)

    el loco de Javier se vino a pie — Javier walked here, mad fool that he is

    hay mucho loco suelto — (fam) there are a lot of weirdos about (colloq)

    cada loco con su tema — (fam) to each his own

    la loca de la casa — (liter) the imagination

    2) loco masculino (Zool) abalone
    * * *
    = crazy [crazier -comp., craziest -sup.], demented, crazed, daft [dafter -comp., daftest -sup.], bananas, mad, insane, deranged, out of + Posesivo + mind, lunatic, nut, bonkers, wacko, dolally tap, dolally [do-lally], imbecile, berserk, wacky [wackier -comp., wackiest -sup.], madman, nutter, off + Posesivo + nut, kook, daffy [daffier -comp., daffiest -sup.], loony [loonier -comp., looniest -sup], maniac, out of + Posesivo + senses, off + Posesivo + knocker, off + Posesivo + rocker, moonstruck.

    Ex: Lest it appear that Ms Marshall's committee and a few others of us, notoriously associated with that kind of work, are little more than crazy, fire-breathing radicals, let me add this gloss immediately.

    Ex: Without the ability to select when faced with these choices we would be like demented dogs chasing every attractive smell that reaches our noses in complete confusion of purpose.
    Ex: Many of the inhabitants were shot dead or injured by a crazed gunman.
    Ex: Ranking among the dafter exercises sometimes imposed on children is the one that requires them to describe a screwdriver or a vase or the desks they sit at, or any familiar object.
    Ex: It is frequently lack of that causes teachers to accuse children of being lazy, uncooperative, insubordinate, rude, or plain bananas.
    Ex: When J D Brown allowed the public of Islington to have open access to the books in the 1890s he was regarded by many of his colleagues as mad!.
    Ex: Ramakrishna was deemed holy by his followers but considered insane by many non-Hindus chiefly because of his behavior when interacting with the goddess Kali.
    Ex: Accessing the web today is like entering a large library, where there is no catalogue but where a deranged janitor has assembled in the lobby a few pages torn from the indexes of randomly selected volumes.
    Ex: The article ' Out of their minds: legal theory in neural networks' criticises the use of neural networks in law.
    Ex: This put the matter down to the work of a marginal fringe of hotheads & lunatics.
    Ex: The ratings war between TV programmes has produced an emphasis on ' nuts, sluts, & perverts' & their victims, & discussion of sexual problems are commonplace on TV talk shows.
    Ex: This client was bonkers, but believable.
    Ex: Varieties of bad bosses include disagreeable taskmasters, overly ambitious artists, and outright ' wackos'.
    Ex: Now I know this country of ours is totally dolally tap!.
    Ex: The server has gone dolally by the looks of it.
    Ex: The same evil is done in slaving, tormenting and killing, say, chimpanzees as is done in so injuring human imbeciles.
    Ex: Today, hyperbolic comic and cartoon imagery is an established movie aesthetic -- a berserk but ironic Pop Art expressionism.
    Ex: 'Open Season' is a wild and wacky animated comedy set in the town of Timberline.
    Ex: Since January of 2006 we have had to deal with the raving lunatics and suicidal madmen of the ruling party of Hamas.
    Ex: Even if we do come up with an alternative to nuclear power, in the future, there will be nutters protesting that as well.
    Ex: A few years later Stewart went completely off his nut, staged a series of bombings, and wound up in prison after a bizarre kidnapping stunt.
    Ex: He then ended his affair with Mia, Bram's housekeeper cum lottery winner and daughter of the kook who swears he was abuducted by aliens.
    Ex: This isn't as daffy as it seems to us as we hustle about on the verge of the third millennium.
    Ex: Some loud loonies are not dangerous to the library while others may be; the librarian needs to be able to guess which is which.
    Ex: The novel is a crude barbaric mixture of verse and prose, poetry and realism, crammed with ghosts, corpses, maniacs all very unlike Racine.
    Ex: He means well for his country, is always an honest man, often a wise one, but sometimes and in some things, absolutely out of his senses.
    Ex: Every firearm hast its pros and cons and anyone who tells you otherwise is off their knocker.
    Ex: I find it fascinating how Bradley can be perfectly reasonable one moment, and off his rocker the next.
    Ex: ' Moonstruck' has all the fun of movies about weddings: a reluctant groom, an overeager bride, and an emotionally distraught family.
    * a lo loco = helter-skelter, like there's no tomorrow.
    * a tontas y locas = like there's no tomorrow, without rhyme or reason.
    * buscando como loco = in hot pursuit of.
    * casa de locos = lunatic asylum, madhouse, bedlam.
    * casa de los locos = asylum, mental asylum, madhouse.
    * chillar como un loco = shout + Posesivo + head off, scream + Posesivo + head off, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + head, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream like + a banshee, wail like + a banshee.
    * como loco = like hell, like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, like a madman.
    * como un loco = like crazy, like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, madly, like a madman.
    * estar loco = be off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * estar loco de alegría = be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits, be tickled pink.
    * estar loco de contento = be beside + Reflexivo + with joy, be over the moon.
    * estar loco de remate = be a real nutter.
    * estar loco por = have + a crush on.
    * gritar como un loco = shout + Posesivo + head off, scream + Posesivo + head off, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + head, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream like + a banshee, wail like + a banshee.
    * hacerse el loco = act + dumb, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have heard, pretend + not to have seen, turn + a deaf ear to.
    * idea loca = wild thought.
    * loco como una cabra = raving lunatic.
    * loco de alegría = chuffed to bits.
    * loco de atar = stark raving mad, raving mad, raving lunatic, stir-crazy.
    * loco de contento = chuffed to bits.
    * loco del deporte = sports freak.
    * loco de remate = barking mad, certified madman.
    * loco perdido = stark raving mad, raving mad, raving lunatic.
    * ¡ni loco! = Not on your life!, You won't catch me doing it.
    * parecer loco = sound + crazy.
    * ponerse como loco = get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.
    * ponerse loco = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.
    * sine loco (s.l.) = s.l. (sine loco).
    * trabajar como un loco = work off + Posesivo + shoes.
    * volver a Alguien loco = drive + Alguien + up a wall, drive + Alguien + to despair, drive + Alguien + mad, drive + Alguien + insane, drive + Alguien + crazy, drive + Alguien + nuts, drive + Alguien + potty.
    * volver loco = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend, piss + Nombre + off.
    * volver loco a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops, push + Alguien + over the edge.
    * volverse loco = go + bananas, take + leave of + Posesivo + senses, go + mad, run + amok, lose + Posesivo + marbles, go + bonkers, go + berserk, go + postal, go + wild, go + crazy, go + nuts, go + potty, get + a buzz from, go out of + Posesivo + mind, throw + a wobbly, go off + the rails, throw + a wobbler, go + haywire, go off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * volverse loco de alegría = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.
    * volverse loco por = sweep + Nombre + off + Posesivo + feet, go + gaga (over).

    * * *
    loco1 -ca
    A
    1 ( Med, Psic) mad, insane
    2 (chiflado) crazy ( colloq), nuts ( colloq), mad ( BrE colloq)
    este tipo está medio loco ( fam); this guy's not all there ( colloq), this guy's a bit cracked ( colloq)
    ¡pero ustedes están or ( AmL) son locos! you must be crazy o mad o insane o out of your mind! ( colloq)
    no seas loco, te vas a matar don't be so stupid o foolish, you'll kill yourself
    eso no lo hago (pero) ni loco there's no way I'd do that, nothing in the world would make me do that o induce me to do that
    ¿disculparme yo? ¡ni (que estuviera) loco! what, me apologize? not in a million years o no way o never!
    llenó el formulario a lo loco she completed the form any which way ( AmE) o ( BrE) any old how ( colloq)
    gasta dinero a lo loco he spends money like water o like there's no tomorrow
    estar loco de remate or de atar ( fam); to be stark raving o stark staring mad, to be nutty as a fruitcake ( colloq), to be completely nuts ( colloq), to be mad as a hatter ( BrE)
    traer or tener loco a algn ( Esp); to be driving sb mad o crazy o up the wall o round the bend ( colloq)
    volver loco a algn to drive sb mad o crazy ( colloq)
    vuelve locos a los hombres she drives men wild ( colloq)
    el chocolate me vuelve loca I adore chocolate, I'm a chocolate addict ( colloq)
    volverse loco to go mad
    este desorden es para volverse loco this mess is enough to drive you crazy ( colloq)
    3
    (contento, entusiasmado): están locos con el nieto they're besotted with o crazy about their grandchild
    está loca por él she's mad o crazy o wild about him ( colloq)
    está loco por verla/por que le presenten a Laura he's dying o ( BrE) mad keen to see her/to be introduced to Laura ( colloq)
    es loco por las aceitunas (CS); he's crazy about o mad on olives ( colloq)
    4 ( fam) (preocupado) worried sick ( colloq)
    anda (como) loco con las pruebas he's worried sick about the tests
    B
    1
    (indicando gran cantidad): tengo unas ganas locas de verla I'm really looking forward to seeing her, I'm dying to see her ( colloq)
    tuvo una suerte loca she was incredibly lucky
    la obra tuvo un éxito loco the play was hugely successful
    tienen la guita loca ( RPl arg); they're rolling in it ( colloq), they're absolutely loaded ( colloq)
    2 loco DE algo:
    estaba loca de alegría or de contenta she was incredibly happy, she was over the moon ( BrE colloq)
    está loco de ira/celos he's wild with anger/jealousy
    estaba loco de dolor he was racked with pain
    está loca de amor por él she's madly in love with him
    3
    (CS fam) (indicando poca cantidad): por cuatro clientes locos que puedan venir, no vamos a abrir it's not worth opening up just for a few odd customers
    loco2 -ca
    masculine, feminine
    A (enfermo mental) ( masculine) madman; ( feminine) madwoman
    se puso como un loco al oír la noticia he went crazy o mad when he heard the news
    maneja or ( Esp) conduce como un loco he drives like a madman o lunatic
    corrimos como locos para alcanzar el autobús ( fam); we ran like crazy o mad to catch the bus ( colloq)
    gritaba como una loca she was shouting like a madwoman, she was shouting her head off ( colloq)
    ¡qué desorganización, esto es de locos! what chaos! this is pure o sheer madness!
    el loco de Javier se ha venido a pie Javier walked here, madman that he is
    hoy en día hay mucho loco suelto ( fam); there are a lot of loonies o nutcases o weirdos about these days ( colloq)
    cada loco con su tema ( fam); to each his own, each to his own ( BrE)
    ahora le ha dado por el budismocada loco con su tema she's into Buddhism now — oh well, each to his own o ( colloq) whatever turns you on
    hacer el loco ( Chi fam); to make a fool of oneself
    hacerse el loco to act dumb ( colloq)
    no te hagas el loco don't act dumb, don't pretend you haven't seen/heard
    la loca de la casa ( liter); the imagination
    B
    loco masculine ( Chi) ( Zool) abalone
    C
    loco masculine ( RPl arg) (hombre) guy ( colloq), bloke ( BrE colloq)
    * * *

     

    loco 1
    ◊ -ca adjetivo

    a) (Med, Psic) mad, insane

    b) ( chiflado) crazy (colloq), nuts (colloq);


    eso no lo hago (pero) ni loco there's no way I'd do that;
    hacer algo a lo loco to do sth any which way (AmE) o (BrE) any old how (colloq);
    estar loco de remate (fam) to be completely nuts (colloq);
    tener or (Esp) traer loco a algn to be driving sb crazy (colloq);
    volver loco a algn to drive sb crazy (colloq);
    volverse loco to go mad


    está loco por volver he's dying to come back (colloq)
    d) (fam) ( ajetreado):




    tuvo una suerte loca she was incredibly lucky
    f) estar loco de algo: ‹de entusiasmo/furia/celos› to be wild with sth;

    de dolor/remordimiento› to be racked with sth;

    ■ sustantivo masculino, femenino ( enfermo mental) (m) madman;
    (f) madwoman;
    se puso como un loco he went crazy o mad;

    corrimos como locos (fam) we ran like crazy o mad (colloq);
    hacerse el loco to act dumb (colloq)
    loco 2 sustantivo masculino (Chi) (Zool) abalone
    loco,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 mad, crazy
    volverse loco, to lose one's mind o to go mad
    2 (deseoso) estoy loco por ir a París, I'm eager to travel to Paris
    3 (entusiasmado) está loca de alegría, she's thrilled
    está loco por las motos, he's crazy about motorbikes
    II m,f (hombre) madman, (mujer) madwoman
    ♦ Locuciones: hacerse el loco, to act the fool
    familiar ¡ni loco!, I'd sooner die!
    familiar traer/volver loco a alguien, to drive sb crazy
    a lo loco, crazily

    ' loco' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    atar
    - chiflada
    - chiflado
    - conforme
    - enajenar
    - enajenarse
    - estragos
    - hormigueo
    - ida
    - ido
    - loc. cit.
    - loca
    - tema
    - tocada
    - tocado
    - trastocarse
    - trastornar
    - volver
    - volverse
    - carro
    - maniaco
    - perdido
    - poner
    - rayado
    - rayar
    - rematado
    English:
    amok
    - away
    - bend
    - berserk
    - beside
    - bit
    - bonkers
    - certifiable
    - change over
    - cracker
    - crazy
    - cuckoo
    - delirious
    - demented
    - drive
    - gaga
    - head
    - hijack
    - insane
    - loony
    - lunatic
    - mad
    - madly
    - madman
    - maniac
    - mind
    - moon
    - nut
    - nuts
    - nutter
    - nutty
    - parched
    - potshot
    - rampage
    - raving
    - roadhog
    - send
    - some
    - something
    - stark
    - wall
    - wild
    - wildly
    - wind up
    - wit
    - bumper car
    - cracked
    - fear
    - flap
    - go
    * * *
    loco, -a
    adj
    1. [demente] mad, crazy;
    volver loco a alguien [enajenar, aturdir] to drive sb mad;
    esos martillazos en la pared me van a volver loco that hammering on the wall is driving me mad;
    el dolor lo volvía loco the pain was driving him mad;
    volverse loco to go mad;
    este niño me trae loco this child is driving me mad;
    estar loco de atar o [m5] de remate to be stark raving mad;
    ¡ni loco! (absolutely) no way!;
    ¡no lo haría ni loco! there's no way you'd get me doing that!
    2. [insensato] mad, crazy;
    no seas loca, es muy peligroso don't be (so) stupid, it's very dangerous;
    está medio loco pero es muy simpático he's a bit crazy, but he's very nice with it;
    a lo loco [sin pensar] hastily;
    [temerariamente] wildly;
    conduce o Am [m5] maneja a lo loco he drives like a madman
    3. [apasionado, entusiasmado] mad, crazy;
    la abuela está loca con su nieto the grandmother's mad o crazy about her grandson;
    estar loco de contento/pasión to be wild with joy/passion;
    estar loco de amor to be madly in love;
    estar loco de celos to be wildly o insanely jealous;
    estar loco de ira to be raging mad;
    estar o CSur [m5]ser loco por algo/alguien to be mad about sth/sb;
    está o CSur [m5] es loco por ella [enamorado] he's madly in love with her, he's crazy about her;
    está loca por conocerte she's dying to meet you;
    está (como) loco por que lleguen los invitados he's desperate for the guests to arrive, he can't wait for the guests to arrive;
    le vuelve loco el fútbol he's mad about soccer o Br football, he's soccer-crazy o Br football-crazy;
    la vuelve loca la paella she absolutely adores paella
    4. [muy ajetreado] mad, hectic;
    llevamos una semana loca it's been a mad week for us
    5. [enorme]
    tengo unas ganas locas de conocer Italia I'm absolutely dying to go to Italy;
    tuvimos una suerte loca we were extraordinarily o amazingly lucky;
    RP Fam
    tener la guita loca to be rolling in it
    6. RP Fam [insignificante]
    sólo van a venir tres o cuatro invitados locos only a handful of guests will show up;
    no nos vamos a pelear por dos pesos locos let's not quarrel over a few measly pesos
    nm,f
    1. [enfermo] [hombre] lunatic, madman;
    [mujer] lunatic, madwoman;
    conduce o Am [m5] maneja como un loco he drives like a madman;
    corrimos como locos we ran like mad o crazy;
    el loco de tu marido se puso a chillar that madman husband of yours started shouting;
    ponerse como un loco [enfadarse] to go mad;
    sería de locos empezar de nuevo todo el trabajo it would be crazy o madness to start the whole job over again;
    Fam
    ¡deja de hacer el loco! stop messing around!;
    cada loco con su tema: ya está otra vez Santi con lo del yoga, cada loco con su tema Santi's going on about yoga again, the man's obsessed!;
    Fam
    hacerse el loco to play dumb, to pretend not to understand
    2. RP, Ven Fam [como apelativo]
    este loco se encarga de todo this guy's in charge of everything;
    loco, vení para acá come over here, Br mate o US buddy
    3. Chile [molusco comestible] false abalone
    * * *
    I adj mad, crazy;
    a lo loco fam ( sin pensar) hastily;
    es para volverse loco it’s enough to drive you mad o crazy;
    remate completely mad;
    estar loco de alegría be insanely happy;
    estar loco por alguien be mad o crazy about s.o.
    II m
    1 madman;
    cada loco con su tema each to his own;
    hacer el loco make a fool of o.s.
    guy;
    loco, ayudame help me, pal
    * * *
    loco, -ca adj
    1) demente: crazy, insane, mad
    2)
    a lo loco : wildly, recklessly
    3)
    volverse loco : to go mad
    loco, -ca n
    1) : crazy person, lunatic
    2)
    hacerse el loco : to act the fool
    * * *
    loco1 adj crazy [comp. crazier; superl. craziest] / mad [comp. madder; superl. maddest]
    loco2 n lunatic

    Spanish-English dictionary > loco

  • 87 capacidad

    f.
    1 capacity (cabida).
    con capacidad para quinientas personas with a capacity of five hundred
    este teatro tiene capacidad para mil doscientos espectadores this theater can seat one thousand two hundred people
    2 ability (aptitud, talento, potencial).
    no tener capacidad para algo/para hacer algo to be no good at something/at doing something
    capacidad adquisitiva purchasing power
    capacidad de concentración ability to concentrate
    capacidad ofensiva fire power
    3 throughput.
    * * *
    1 (gen) capacity
    2 figurado (habilidad) capability, ability
    * * *
    noun f.
    2) ability, capability
    * * *
    SF
    1) [de vehículo, teatro, depósito] capacity

    un disquete con capacidad de 1.44 MB — a diskette with a capacity of 1.44 MB

    capacidad: 40 viajeros sentados — seating capacity: 40

    un avión con capacidad para 155 pasajeros — a 155-seater aircraft, an aircraft that can carry 155 passengers

    capacidad de carga — carrying capacity, freight capacity

    medida 1)
    2) (=habilidad) ability

    capacidad adquisitiva — (Com) purchasing power, buying power

    capacidad de convocatoria[de orador] pulling power; [de huelga, manifestación] appeal, popular appeal

    capacidad de ganancia — (Com) earning power, earning capacity

    capacidad de trabajo, tiene una enorme capacidad de trabajo — she can get through a tremendous amount of work, she has an enormous capacity for hard work

    3) (=autoridad) authority
    4) (Jur) capacity
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( competencia) ability
    b) ( potencial) capacity

    capacidad de or para + inf — ability o capacity to + inf

    están en capacidad de despachar más pasajeros — (Col) they have the capacity to handle more passengers

    c) (Der) capacity
    2) ( cupo) capacity
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( competencia) ability
    b) ( potencial) capacity

    capacidad de or para + inf — ability o capacity to + inf

    están en capacidad de despachar más pasajeros — (Col) they have the capacity to handle more passengers

    c) (Der) capacity
    2) ( cupo) capacity
    * * *
    capacidad1
    1 = ability, capability, competence, appetite, capacity, hat, aptitude, faculty.

    Ex: The ability to search on word stems is particularly valuable where the text to be searched is in free-language format.

    Ex: DOBIS/LIBIS may replace the typewriter and the catalog card but it cannot replace the decision-making capabilities of the library staff.
    Ex: In order that you should be able to perform these required skills with greater competence, selected elements of the theory of subject indexing will be included.
    Ex: Such machines will have enourmous appetites.
    Ex: Older people have suffered some losses in sensory and physical capacity, and newer teaching techniques might intimidate them.
    Ex: The city librarian has commonly been a general cultural consultant, often with more than one hat, with the curatorship of the museum and/or art gallery as additional offices.
    Ex: In tracking, schools categorize according to measures of intelligence, achievement, or aptitude and then assign students to ability or interest-grouped classes = En la subdivisión de los alumnos en clases según su nivel académico, las escuelas agrupan a los alumnos de acuerdo con su nivel de inteligencia, habilidad o aptitud y luego los asignan a las clases según su capacidad o por sus intereses.
    Ex: Sophia no sooner saw Blifil than she turned pale, and almost lost the use of all her faculties.
    * actuar por encima de {Posesivo} capacidades = punch above + Posesivo + weight.
    * capacidad académica = academic ability.
    * capacidad analítica = analytical capacity.
    * capacidad cognitiva = cognitive ability, cognitive capacity.
    * capacidad comunicativa = speaking skills.
    * capacidad crediticia = credit standing.
    * capacidad crítica = critical skills, critical awareness, critical faculty.
    * capacidad crítica de los programas televisivos = teleliteracy.
    * capacidad de absorción = absorptive capacity, absorptive capability.
    * capacidad de búsqueda = searching power.
    * capacidad de comercialización = marketability.
    * capacidad de comprensión = listening skills, understanding capacity.
    * capacidad de discriminación = discriminating power.
    * capacidad deductiva = heuristic power.
    * capacidad de enganche = holding power.
    * capacidad de escuchar = listening skills.
    * capacidad de interpretar imágenes = visual literacy.
    * capacidad de interpretar información estadística = graphic literacy, spatial literacy, statistical literacy.
    * capacidad de leer = reading skills.
    * capacidad de manejar la información = information handling.
    * capacidad de mantener la atención = attention span.
    * capacidad de negociación = bargaining power.
    * capacidad de procesamiento = throughput, processing power.
    * capacidad de producción = throughput.
    * capacidad de promoción = promotability.
    * capacidad de razonamiento = thinking skills.
    * capacidad de resolver problemas = problem-solving ability.
    * capacidad de retención = holding power.
    * capacidad de saber leer y escribir = literacy skills.
    * capacidad económica = earning capacity, earning power.
    * capacidades informáticas = computer skills.
    * capacidad física = physical capability.
    * capacidad informática = computing power.
    * capacidad intelectual = intellectual ability.
    * capacidad lingüística = language skill.
    * capacidad mental = brainpower [brain power], mental capability.
    * desarrollar la capacidad de = gain in + the ability to.
    * desarrollar las capacidades = fulfil + potential.
    * desarrollo de capacidades = capacity building.
    * en + Posesivo + capacidad como = in + Posesivo + capacity as.
    * no actuando en capacidad de autor = non-authorial.
    * persona que rinde por debajo de su capacidad = underachiever.
    * sin capacidad de discernimiento = undiscriminating.
    * tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).

    capacidad2
    2 = capacity, headroom.
    Nota: Literalmente, espacio sobre la cabeza y de ahí el significado de "espacio para crecer".

    Ex: Marginal storage cards normally have capacity for storing citations and abstracts.

    Ex: I was also encouraged to read a subscriber to this list has over 40,000 items meaning this software has plenty of headroom = También me sentí animado al leer que un miembro de esta lista tiene más de 40.000 registros lo que significa que este software tiene bastante capacidad.
    * alcanzar el límite de + Posesivo + capacidad = stretch + Nombre + beyond the breaking point, stretch + Nombre + to breaking point, stretch + Nombre + to the limit.
    * capacidad de almacenamiento = storage capacity.
    * capacidad excesiva = overcapacity [over-capacity].
    * capacidad para libros = book capacity.
    * con gran capacidad = capacious.
    * de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.
    * de mucha capacidad = capacious.
    * funcionar a plena capacidad = be fully into + Posesivo + stride.
    * llegar al límite de + Posesivo + capacidad = stretch + Nombre + beyond the breaking point, stretch + Nombre + to breaking point, stretch + Nombre + to the limit.

    * * *
    A
    1 (competencia) ability
    nadie pone en duda su capacidad no one doubts his ability o capability
    una persona de gran capacidad a person of great ability, a very able o capable person
    2 (potencial) capacity capacidad DE algo:
    su capacidad de comunicación their ability to communicate
    capacidad DE or PARA + INF capacity o ability to + INF
    la capacidad de grabar durante 24 horas seguidas the ability o capacity to record non-stop for 24 hours
    están en capacidad de despachar más pasajeros ( Col); they have the capacity to handle more passengers
    3 ( Der) capacity
    capacidad civil/legal civil/legal capacity
    Compuestos:
    purchasing power
    capacidad crediticia or de crédito
    creditworthiness
    borrowing capacity
    firepower
    creditworthiness
    production capacity
    physical capacity
    mental capacity
    production capacity
    la capacidad del depósito es de unos 40 litros the tank has a capacity of o holds about 40 liters
    Compuesto:
    freight o cargo capacity
    * * *

     

    capacidad sustantivo femenino
    1



    capacidad de or para hacer algo ability o capacity to do sth
    c) (Der) capacity

    2 ( cupo) capacity
    capacidad sustantivo femenino
    1 (disposición) capacity, ability
    2 (de un local, armario, etc) capacity: este cine tiene capacidad para mil personas, this cinema can hold up to one thousand people
    ' capacidad' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    aguante
    - cabida
    - competencia
    - don
    - dote
    - error
    - expresar
    - facultad
    - genio
    - habla
    - hablarse
    - incapaz
    - mayor
    - palabra
    - poder
    - raciocinio
    - saber
    - sentida
    - sentido
    - servir
    - solvencia
    - talento
    - techo
    - ver
    - virtud
    - visión
    - volumen
    - arroba
    - comprensión
    - criterio
    - cupo
    - entendimiento
    - incapacidad
    - observación
    - potencial
    - sobrepasar
    - triplicar
    English:
    ability
    - accommodate
    - admire
    - aptitude
    - attention span
    - attest
    - capacity
    - carload
    - cast
    - endurance
    - idle
    - judgement
    - judgment
    - manufacturing capacity
    - moot
    - movement
    - power
    - qualification
    - truckload
    - uncanny
    - underrated
    - volume
    - capability
    - hold
    - justice
    - resilience
    - resilient
    - seat
    - stretch
    - take
    - three-quarters
    * * *
    1. [cabida] capacity;
    unidades de capacidad units of capacity;
    capacidad máxima [en ascensor] maximum load;
    con capacidad para 500 personas with a capacity of 500;
    este teatro tiene capacidad para 1.200 espectadores this theatre can seat 1,200 people
    Informát capacidad de almacenamiento storage capacity;
    capacidad de carga cargo capacity;
    capacidad eléctrica [de condensador] capacitance;
    Informát capacidad de memoria memory capacity;
    capacidad pulmonar lung capacity
    2. [aptitud, talento, potencial] ability;
    no tener capacidad para algo/para hacer algo to be no good at sth/at doing sth
    capacidad adquisitiva purchasing power;
    capacidad de aprendizaje ability to learn;
    capacidad de concentración ability to concentrate;
    Fin capacidad de endeudamiento borrowing capacity o power;
    capacidad de fabricación manufacturing capacity;
    capacidad de gestión managerial skills;
    capacidad ofensiva fire power;
    capacidad de producción production capacity;
    capacidad de reacción ability to react o respond;
    capacidad de respuesta ability to react o respond
    3. Der capacity
    * * *
    f
    1 capacity;
    medida de capacidad cubic measure
    2 ( aptitud) competence
    * * *
    1) : capacity
    2) : capability, ability
    * * *
    1. (en general) capacity
    el ferry tiene una capacidad para 800 pasajeros the ferry has a capacity of 800 passengers / the ferry can carry 800 passengers
    2. (aptitud) ability

    Spanish-English dictionary > capacidad

  • 88 fail

    I [feɪl]
    1) (in an examination) bocciatura f.; (mark) insufficienza f.
    2) without fail [arrive, do] certamente, sicuramente; [ happen] a colpo sicuro, immancabilmente
    II 1. [feɪl]
    1) essere bocciato a, non passare [exam, driving test]; essere bocciato in [ subject]; bocciare, respingere [candidate, pupil]

    to fail to mention that... — dimenticare di dire che

    4) (let down) abbandonare [ friend]; venir meno agli impegni presi nei confronti di [person, nation]; [ courage] venir meno a, abbandonare [ person]; [ memory] tradire [ person]
    2.
    1) (be unsuccessful) [ exam candidate] essere bocciato, respinto; [attempt, plan] fallire
    2) (weaken) [ eyesight] abbassarsi, indebolirsi; [ health] peggiorare; [ person] deperire; [ light] abbassarsi, smorzarsi
    3) (not function) [ brakes] guastarsi; [ engine] fermarsi, guastarsi; [ power] mancare, essere interrotto; [ water supply] mancare
    4) agr. [ crop] essere scarso
    5) (go bankrupt) fallire
    6) med. [ heart] arrestarsi
    * * *
    [feil] 1. verb
    1) (to be unsuccessful (in); not to manage (to do something): They failed in their attempt; I failed my exam; I failed to post the letter.) fallire, non riuscire
    2) (to break down or cease to work: The brakes failed.) guastarsi
    3) (to be insufficient or not enough: His courage failed (him).) venire meno
    4) ((in a test, examination etc) to reject (a candidate): The examiner failed half the class.) bocciare
    5) (to disappoint: They did not fail him in their support.) mancare
    2. preposition
    (if (something) fails or is lacking: Failing his help, we shall have to try something else.) in mancanza di
    - without fail
    * * *
    fail /feɪl/
    n.
    1 bocciatura: a fail in French, una bocciatura in francese
    2 [u] fallo: without fail, senza fallo; certamente
    ● (tecn.) fail-safe, (agg.) di sicurezza; a prova d'errore (o di guasto); fail-safe; (sost.) misura di sicurezza, misura o piano di riserva: fail-safe device, dispositivo ausiliario di sicurezza; dispositivo fail-safe.
    ♦ (to) fail /feɪl/
    A v. i.
    1 fallire; andare a vuoto; fare fiasco: to fail in an attempt, fallire in un tentativo; to fail abysmally, fallire clamorosamente; Our plan failed, il nostro piano è fallito (o è stato un fiasco); The wheat crop failed, il raccolto del grano è andato perduto
    2 non riuscire: to fail to reach an agreement, non riuscire ad accordarsi; Our team failed to score, la nostra squadra non è riuscita a segnare; He failed to be admitted, non è stato ammesso; I fail to understand why you quit your job, non capisco (o non riesco a capire) perché tu ti sia licenziato; No one can fail to notice that…, non si può non notare che…
    3 (+ inf.) trascurare; omettere; mancare; non…: He failed to warn us, trascurò di avvertirci; non ci ha avvertiti; Don't fail to inform us, non mancare di informarci; John failed to turn up, John non si fece vedere; The letter failed to arrive, la letterà non arrivò; You failed to stop at the lights, non ti sei fermato al semaforo; It never fails to irritate me, non manca mai di (o riesce sempre a) irritarmi
    4 essere respinto (o bocciato): Many candidates failed, molti candidati sono stati respinti; DIALOGO → - Discussing university- If I fail the exams I might get kicked out of college, se non passo gli esami potrei essere espulso dall'università
    5 to fail in, mancare a; venir meno a: to fail in one's duty, mancare (o venir meno) al proprio dovere
    6 to fail in, essere privo di; mancare di: to fail in imagination, essere privo di fantasia
    7 diminuire; scemare; esaurirsi; venir meno; indebolirsi; affievolirsi: Light was failing, la luce stava scemando; Our supplies are failing, le nostre scorte si stanno esaurendo; to be failing fast, esaurirsi in fretta; (rif. a salute) essere sempre più debole, peggiorare velocemente
    8 (mecc.) smettere di funzionare; rompersi; guastarsi; andare in panne; fermarsi: The engine has failed, s'è guastato il motore
    9 (fin., leg.) fallire
    B v. t.
    1 respingere; bocciare: I had to fail him, ho dovuto bocciarlo
    2 non superare ( un esame); essere respinto (o bocciato) in: to fail one's driving test, non superare l'esame di guida; I failed maths, sono stato bocciato (o mi hanno bocciato) in matematica
    3 abbandonare (q.); mancare a; venir meno a; voltare le spalle a; tradire (le aspettative di): His courage failed him, gli è mancato il coraggio; Words fail me, non ho parole; mi mancano le parole; non so cosa dire; I won't fail you, non verrò meno alla tua fiducia; non ti deluderò; non ti abbandonerò
    if all else fails, in mancanza d'altro; alla peggio.
    NOTA D'USO: - to fail to do o to fail doing?-
    * * *
    I [feɪl]
    1) (in an examination) bocciatura f.; (mark) insufficienza f.
    2) without fail [arrive, do] certamente, sicuramente; [ happen] a colpo sicuro, immancabilmente
    II 1. [feɪl]
    1) essere bocciato a, non passare [exam, driving test]; essere bocciato in [ subject]; bocciare, respingere [candidate, pupil]

    to fail to mention that... — dimenticare di dire che

    4) (let down) abbandonare [ friend]; venir meno agli impegni presi nei confronti di [person, nation]; [ courage] venir meno a, abbandonare [ person]; [ memory] tradire [ person]
    2.
    1) (be unsuccessful) [ exam candidate] essere bocciato, respinto; [attempt, plan] fallire
    2) (weaken) [ eyesight] abbassarsi, indebolirsi; [ health] peggiorare; [ person] deperire; [ light] abbassarsi, smorzarsi
    3) (not function) [ brakes] guastarsi; [ engine] fermarsi, guastarsi; [ power] mancare, essere interrotto; [ water supply] mancare
    4) agr. [ crop] essere scarso
    5) (go bankrupt) fallire
    6) med. [ heart] arrestarsi

    English-Italian dictionary > fail

  • 89 return

    1.
    [rɪ'tɜːn]intransitive verb
    1) (come back) zurückkommen; zurückkehren (geh.); (go back) zurückgehen; zurückkehren (geh.); (go back by vehicle) zurückfahren; zurückkehren (geh.)

    return home — wieder nach Hause kommen/gehen/fahren/zurückkehren

    return to work(after holiday or strike) die Arbeit wieder aufnehmen

    2) (revert)
    2. transitive verb
    1) (bring back) zurückbringen; zurückgeben [geliehenen/gestohlenen Gegenstand, gekaufte Ware]; [wieder] zurückschicken [unzustellbaren Brief]; (hand back, refuse) zurückweisen [Scheck]

    returned with thanksmit Dank zurück

    ‘return to sender’ — (on letter) "zurück an Absender"

    2) (restore)

    return something to its original state or condition — etwas wieder in seinen ursprünglichen Zustand versetzen

    3) (yield) abwerfen [Gewinn]
    4) (give back something similar) erwidern [Besuch, Gruß, Liebe, Gewehrfeuer]; sich revanchieren für (ugs.) [Freundlichkeit, Gefallen]; zurückgeben [Schlag]
    5) (elect) wählen [Kandidaten]
    6) (Sport) zurückschlagen [Ball]; (throw back) zurückwerfen
    7) (answer) erwidern; entgegnen
    8) (declare)

    return a verdict of guilty/not guilty — [Geschworene:] auf "schuldig"/"nicht schuldig" erkennen

    3. noun
    1) (coming back) Rückkehr, die; (to home) Heimkehr, die

    return to health — Genesung, die (geh.)

    many happy returns [of the day]! — herzlichen Glückwunsch [zum Geburtstag]!

    2)

    by return [of post] — postwendend

    3) (ticket) Rückfahrkarte, die

    return[s] — Ertrag, Gewinn, der (on, from aus)

    return on capital — Kapitalgewinn, der

    5) (bringing back) Zurückbringen, das; (of property, goods, book) Rückgabe, die (to an + Akk.)
    6) (giving back of something similar) Erwiderung, die

    receive/get something in return [for something] — etwas [für etwas] bekommen

    press returnReturn od. die Returntaste drücken

    return key — Returntaste, die

    * * *
    [rə'tə:n] 1. verb
    1) (to come or go back: He returns home tomorrow; He returned to London from Paris yesterday; The pain has returned.) zurückkehren
    2) (to give, send, put etc (something) back where it came from: He returned the book to its shelf; Don't forget to return the books you borrowed.) zurückstellen,-geben
    3) (I'll return to this topic in a minute.) zurückkommen
    4) (to do (something) which has been done to oneself: She hit him and he returned the blow; He said how nice it was to see her again, and she returned the compliment.) zurückgeben
    5) ((of voters) to elect (someone) to Parliament.) wählen
    6) ((of a jury) to give (a verdict): The jury returned a verdict of not guilty.) aussprechen
    7) ((in tennis etc) to hit (a ball) back to one's opponent: She returned his serve.) zurückschlagen
    2. noun
    1) (the act of returning: On our return, we found the house had been burgled; ( also adjective) a return journey.) die Rückkehr; Rück-...
    2) (especially in United Kingdom, a round-trip ticket, a return ticket: Do you want a single or a return?) die Rückfahrkarte
    - academic.ru/62025/returnable">returnable
    - return match
    - return ticket
    - by return of post
    - by return
    - in return for
    - in return
    - many happy returns of the day
    - many happy returns
    * * *
    re·turn
    [rɪˈtɜ:n, AM -ˈtɜ:rn]
    I. n
    1. (to a place/time) Rückkehr f (to zu + dat), Wiederkehr f geh
    \return home Heimkehr f
    after his \return from the war,... nachdem er aus dem Krieg zurückgekehrt war,...
    \return to school Schulbeginn m
    2. (reoccurrence) of an illness Wiederauftreten nt
    3. (giving back) Rückgabe f
    \return of goods (by post etc.) Warenrücksendung f; (handed back) Rückgabe f
    by \return [of post] BRIT, AUS postwendend
    4. (recompense) Gegenleistung f
    a small \return for your kindness ein kleines Zeichen der Dankbarkeit für Ihre Zuvorkommenheit
    in \return for your cooperation we will give you a free gift als Anerkennung für Ihre Mitarbeit erhalten Sie ein Geschenk von uns
    5. BRIT, AUS (ticket) Hin- und Rückfahrkarte f, Retourbillet nt SCHWEIZ, ÖSTERR a. Retourfahrkarte f
    day \return Tagesfahrkarte f
    first-class/second-class \return Hin- und Rückfahrkarte f erster/zweiter Klasse
    weekend \return Wochenendkarte f
    6. SPORT (stroke) Rückschlag m
    \return of serve Return m
    7. ECON (proceeds) Gewinn m, Ertrag m, Rendite f
    \returns on capital Rendite f
    \return of investment Investitionsrückfluss m
    return per day/month/week FIN Tages-/Monats-/Wochenrendite f
    law of diminishing \returns Gesetzmäßigkeit f vom abnehmenden Ertragszuwachs
    8. POL (election) Wahl f [eines Parlamentsabgeordneten]
    his \return to power seine Wiederwahl
    the \returns pl die Wahlergebnisse
    \returns pl Rücksendungen pl, Retourwaren pl, Remittenden pl
    11. no pl COMPUT (key on keyboard) Return, Return-Taste f, Eingabetaste f
    12. FIN
    [income] tax \return [Einkommens]steuererklärung f
    13. (end of line indication) Zeilenbruch m
    14. COMPUT (instruction) Rücksprung m
    15.
    to do sth by \return BRIT etw sofort tun
    many happy \returns [of the day] herzlichen Glückwunsch zum Geburtstag
    II. adj attr, inv postage, flight, trip Rück-
    III. vi
    1. (come/go back) zurückkehren, zurückkommen; ( fig)
    is there any hope that peace will \return? besteht die Hoffnung, dass es je wieder Frieden geben wird?
    to \return home (come back home) nach Hause kommen; (go back home) nach Hause gehen; (after long absence) heimkehren
    to \return from somewhere von irgendwo zurückkommen [o zurückkehren]
    to \return to somewhere irgendwohin zurückkehren
    \return to sender zurück an Absender
    2. (reoccur) pain, illness wiederkommen
    to \return to sth etw wieder aufnehmen
    she \returned to making her own clothes sie nähte sich ihre Kleider wieder selbst
    she longed to \return to her gardening sie sehnte sich danach, wieder im Garten zu arbeiten
    to \return to office [or power] wiedergewählt werden
    to \return to a problem sich akk einem Problem wieder zuwenden
    to \return to a subject auf ein Thema zurückkommen
    to \return to a task sich akk einer Aufgabe wieder widmen
    to \return to one's old ways in seine alten Gewohnheiten zurückfallen
    to \return to normal things sich wieder normalisieren; person wieder zu seinem alten Ich zurückfinden
    IV. vt
    to \return sth etw zurückgeben
    when are you going to \return the money you owe me? wann zahlst du mir das Geld zurück, das du mir schuldest?
    to \return sth to sb/sth (in person) jdm/etw etw zurückgeben; (by post) jdm/etw etw zurückschicken
    to \return goods Waren zurücksenden
    to \return sth to its place etw an seinen Platz zurückstellen
    to \return sth etw erwidern
    to \return a blow/a salute/a wave zurückschlagen/-grüßen/-winken
    to \return sb's call jdn zurückrufen
    to \return a compliment/a greeting ein Kompliment/einen Gruß erwidern
    to \return a favour sich akk revanchieren
    let me \return your favour jetzt tue ich dir einen Gefallen
    to \return fire das Feuer erwidern
    to \return good for evil Böses mit Gutem vergelten
    to \return sb's love jds Liebe erwidern
    3. (place back)
    to \return sth somewhere etw irgendwohin zurückstellen [o zurücklegen]
    to \return animals to the wild Tiere auswildern
    4. POL
    to \return sb BRIT jdn wählen
    to \return sb to power [or office] jdn wieder ins Amt wählen
    \returning officer Wahlleiter(in) m(f)
    5. FIN
    to \return a profit einen Gewinn einbringen [o abwerfen
    to \return a verdict of guilty/not guilty einen Schuldspruch/Freispruch aussprechen
    to \return a volley einen Volley annehmen
    * * *
    [rɪ'tɜːn]
    1. vi
    (come back person, vehicle) zurück- or wiederkommen, zurück- or wiederkehren (geh); (go back, person) zurückgehen; (vehicle) zurückfahren; (symptoms, doubts, fears) wiederkommen, wieder auftreten; (property = pass back to) zurückfallen (to an +acc)

    to return to London/the town/the group — nach London/in die Stadt/zur Gruppe zurückkehren

    to return to (one's) work (after short pause) — wieder an seine Arbeit gehen; (after strike) die Arbeit wieder aufnehmen

    to return home — nach Hause kommen/gehen, heimkehren (geh)

    2. vt
    1) (= give back) sth borrowed, stolen, lost zurückgeben (to sb jdm); (= bring or take back) zurückbringen (to sb jdm); (= put back) zurücksetzen/-stellen/-legen; (= send back) (to an +acc) letter etc zurückschicken or -senden; (= refuse) cheque nicht einlösen; ball zurückschlagen/-werfen; sound, light zurückwerfen; salute, visit, sb's love, compliment erwidern

    to return a/sb's blow — zurückschlagen

    to return a book to the shelf/box — ein Buch auf das Regal zurückstellen/in die Kiste zurücklegen

    to return goods to the shop —

    to return thanks (form) — danksagen, Dank sagen

    I hope to return your kindness —

    2) (= reply) erwidern, zurückgeben
    3) (= declare) details of income angeben

    to return a verdict of guilty (on sb) (Jur) — (jdn) schuldig sprechen, einen Schuldspruch (gegen jdn) fällen

    to return a verdict of murder on sb (Jur)jdn des Mordes für schuldig erklären

    4) (FIN) income einbringen; profit, interest abwerfen
    5) (Brit PARL) candidate wählen
    3. n
    1) (= coming/going back of person, vehicle, seasons) Rückkehr f, Wiederkehr f (geh); (of illness) Wiederauftreten nt

    a return to one's old habitsein Rückfall m in seine alten Gewohnheiten

    many happy returns (of the day)! — herzlichen Glückwunsch zum Geburtstag!

    See:
    → point
    2) (= giving back) Rückgabe f; (= bringing or taking back) Zurückbringen nt; (= putting back) Zurücksetzen/-stellen/-legen nt; (= sending back) Zurückschicken nt or -senden nt; (= refusal of cheque) Nichteinlösen nt; (of ball) Zurückschlagen nt/-werfen nt; (of salute, compliment, sb's love) Erwiderung f
    3) (Brit) Rückfahrkarte f; (AVIAT) Rückflugticket nt
    4) (= profit from investments, shareson aus) Einkommen nt; (on capital) Ertrag m, Gewinn m; (= product from land, mine etc) Ertrag m

    return on capital (Fin)Kapitalertrag m, Rendite f

    5) (fig

    = recompense) in return — dafür

    6) (= act of declaring of verdict, election results) Verkündung f; (= report) Bericht m

    the return of the jury — ≈ das Urteil der Schöffen

    7) (Brit PARL of candidate) Wahl f (to in +acc)
    8) (SPORT: game, match) Rückspiel nt; (= stroke) Rückschlag m; (TENNIS) Return m; (= throw) Rückwurf m; (= return pass) Rückpass m

    to make a good returnden Ball gut zurückschlagen/-werfen

    9) (COMM: returned item) zurückgebrachte Ware; (THEAT) zurückgebrachte Karte; (= book) Remittende f
    10) (= carriage return COMPUT) Zeilenendschaltung f; (on typewriter) Rücklauftaste f
    11) (COMPUT: symbol) Absatzmarke f
    * * *
    return [rıˈtɜːn; US rıˈtɜrn]
    A v/i
    1. zurückkehren, -kommen ( beide:
    from aus, von;
    to zu, nach), wiederkommen, -kehren (beide auch fig), fig wieder auftreten (Krankheit etc):
    return to work an den Arbeitsplatz zurückkehren;
    a) auf ein Thema, ein Vorhaben etc zurückkommen,
    b) in eine Gewohnheit etc zurückfallen, zurückkehren zu,
    c) in einen Zustand zurückkehren, zu Staub etc werden:
    return to health wieder gesund werden;
    normal life was returning to the capital in der Hauptstadt kehrte wieder das normale Leben ein;
    I can always return to my original profession ich kann jederzeit in meinen alten Beruf zurückgehen; normal B 2
    2. zurückfallen (to an akk) (Besitz)
    3. antworten
    4. “return to sender” Postwesen: „zurück an Absender“
    5. Tennis etc: retournieren
    B v/t
    1. einen Besuch, einen Gruß, jemandes Liebe etc erwidern, ein Kompliment etc auch zurückgeben:
    return fire MIL das Feuer erwidern;
    2. vergelten: evil C 2
    3. zurückgeben, Geld auch zurückzahlen
    4. zurückschicken, -senden:
    returned letter unzustellbarer Brief
    5. (to) leere Flaschen etc zurückbringen (in den Laden etc), ein Buch etc zurückstellen (in das Regal etc), einen Schalter etc zurückstellen (auf akk)
    6. einbringen, (er)bringen, Gewinn abwerfen, Zinsen tragen:
    return a result ein Ergebnis haben oder zeitigen
    7. JUR
    a) (Vollzugs)Bericht erstatten über (akk)
    b) einen Gerichtsbefehl (mit Vollzugsbericht) vorlegen (to dat)
    8. JUR einen Spruch fällen (Geschworene): verdict 1
    9. ein Votum abgeben
    10. (amtlich) erklären für oder als, jemanden arbeitsunfähig etc schreiben:
    11. ( besonders zur Steuerveranlagung) erklären, angeben (at mit):
    he returned his income at £20,000
    12. (amtlich) melden
    13. eine amtliche Liste etc vorlegen oder veröffentlichen
    14. POL Br
    b) jemanden als Abgeordneten wählen ( to Parliament ins Parlament)
    15. umwenden, umkehren
    16. Tennis etc: einen Ball retournieren
    17. ein Echo, Strahlen zurückwerfen
    18. WIRTSCH einen Scheck zurückweisen
    19. besonders TECH zurückführen, -leiten
    20. ARCH wiederkehren lassen:
    a) vorspringen lassen
    b) zurücksetzen
    21. Kartenspiel: eine Farbe nachspielen
    C s
    1. Rückkehr f, -kunft f, Wiederkehr f (auch fig):
    by return (of post) Br postwendend, umgehend;
    on my return bei meiner Rückkehr;
    (I wish you) many happy returns of the day herzlichen Glückwunsch zum Geburtstag;
    the return to democratic conditions die Rückkehr zu demokratischen Verhältnissen
    2. Wiederauftreten n:
    return of cold weather Kälterückfall m
    3. besonders Br
    a) Rückfahrkarte f
    b) FLUG Rückflugticket n
    4. Erwiderung f, Rückgabe f:
    on sale or return WIRTSCH in Kommission
    5. Rücksendung f (auch Ware):
    a) Rückgut n,
    b) (Buchhandel) Remittenden
    6. zurückgewiesene oder zurückgesandte Sache
    7. WIRTSCH Rückzahlung f, -erstattung f:
    return (of premium) (Versicherung) Ristorno n, Prämienrückzahlung
    8. Entgelt n, Gegenleistung f, Vergütung f, Entschädigung f:
    in return dafür;
    expect nothing in return keine Gegenleistung erwarten;
    in return for (als Gegenleistung) für;
    without return unentgeltlich
    9. meist pl WIRTSCH
    a) Umsatz m:
    quick returns rascher Umsatz
    b) Ertrag m, Einnahme f, Gewinn m, Verzinsung f:
    yield ( oder bring) a return Nutzen abwerfen, sich rentieren
    10. Erwiderung f (eines Besuches, eines Grußes, der Liebe etc):
    return of thanks Tischgebet n
    11. (amtlicher) Bericht, (statistischer) Ausweis, Aufstellung f:
    official returns amtliche Ziffern
    12. (Steuer- etc) Erklärung f
    a) Umfrageergebnis n
    b) Antwortenrücklauf m
    14. JUR
    a) Vorlage f (eines Gerichtsbefehls etc) (mit Vollzugsbericht)
    b) Vollzugsbericht m (des Gerichtsvollziehers etc)
    c) Stellungnahme f
    15. POL
    a) Wahlergebnis n
    b) Br Einzug m ( to Parliament ins Parlament), Wahl f (eines Abgeordneten)
    16. Zurückbringen n, -stellen n
    17. TECH
    a) Rückführung f, -leitung f
    b) Rücklauf m, -kehr f
    c) ELEK Rückleitung f
    18. Biegung f, Krümmung f
    19. ARCH
    a) Wiederkehr f
    b) vorspringender oder zurückgesetzter Teil
    c) (Seiten)Flügel m
    d) Kröpfung f
    20. Tennis etc: Rückschlag m, Return m
    21. SPORT Rückspiel n
    22. Kartenspiel: Nachspielen n (einer Farbe)
    D adj
    1. Rück…:
    return bout ( oder fight) (Boxen) Revanche-, Rückkampf m;
    return cable ELEK Rückleitung(skabel) f(n);
    return cargo WIRTSCH Rückfracht f, -ladung f;
    return circuit ELEK Rücklaufschaltung f;
    return current ELEK Rückstrom m;
    return game ( oder match) SPORT Rückspiel n;
    return journey Rückreise f;
    by return mail US postwendend, umgehend;
    return postage Rückporto n;
    return pulley TECH Umlenkrolle f;
    return spring Rückholfeder f;
    a) Rückfahrkarte f,
    b) FLUG Rückflugticket n;
    return valve TECH Rückschlagventil n;
    return visit Gegenbesuch m;
    return wire ELEK Rückleiter m; booking 1
    2. zurückgebogen:
    a) TECH U-Röhre f,
    b) Haarnadelkurve f (einer Straße)
    3. return key COMPUT Eingabetaste f
    4. return day JUR Verhandlungstermin m
    ret. abk
    * * *
    1.
    [rɪ'tɜːn]intransitive verb
    1) (come back) zurückkommen; zurückkehren (geh.); (go back) zurückgehen; zurückkehren (geh.); (go back by vehicle) zurückfahren; zurückkehren (geh.)

    return home — wieder nach Hause kommen/gehen/fahren/zurückkehren

    return to work (after holiday or strike) die Arbeit wieder aufnehmen

    2. transitive verb
    1) (bring back) zurückbringen; zurückgeben [geliehenen/gestohlenen Gegenstand, gekaufte Ware]; [wieder] zurückschicken [unzustellbaren Brief]; (hand back, refuse) zurückweisen [Scheck]

    ‘return to sender’ — (on letter) "zurück an Absender"

    return something to its original state or condition — etwas wieder in seinen ursprünglichen Zustand versetzen

    3) (yield) abwerfen [Gewinn]
    4) (give back something similar) erwidern [Besuch, Gruß, Liebe, Gewehrfeuer]; sich revanchieren für (ugs.) [Freundlichkeit, Gefallen]; zurückgeben [Schlag]
    5) (elect) wählen [Kandidaten]
    6) (Sport) zurückschlagen [Ball]; (throw back) zurückwerfen
    7) (answer) erwidern; entgegnen

    return a verdict of guilty/not guilty — [Geschworene:] auf "schuldig"/"nicht schuldig" erkennen

    3. noun
    1) (coming back) Rückkehr, die; (to home) Heimkehr, die

    return to health — Genesung, die (geh.)

    many happy returns [of the day]! — herzlichen Glückwunsch [zum Geburtstag]!

    2)

    by return [of post] — postwendend

    3) (ticket) Rückfahrkarte, die

    return[s] — Ertrag, Gewinn, der (on, from aus)

    return on capital — Kapitalgewinn, der

    5) (bringing back) Zurückbringen, das; (of property, goods, book) Rückgabe, die (to an + Akk.)
    6) (giving back of something similar) Erwiderung, die

    receive/get something in return [for something] — etwas [für etwas] bekommen

    press returnReturn od. die Returntaste drücken

    return key — Returntaste, die

    * * *
    (ticket) adj.
    hin und zurück adj. (mail) n.
    Rücksendung f. adj.
    Rückhol- präfix. n.
    Ertrag -ë m.
    Rentabilität f.
    Rückgabe -n f.
    Rückkehr -en f.
    Rücklauf -¨e m.
    Wiederkehr f. v.
    erwidern (Besuch, Gefälligkeit) v.
    erwidern (Feuer - Militär) v.
    rückkehren v.
    rückspringen v.
    wiederkehren v.
    zurück gehen v.
    zurück holen v.
    zurück zahlen v.
    zurückholen (alt.Rechtschreibung) v.
    zurückkehren v.
    zurückschicken v.
    zurückzahlen (alt.Rechtschreibung) v.

    English-german dictionary > return

  • 90 hold

    A n
    1 (grasp, grip) prise f ; to get hold of attraper [rope, handle] ; to keep (a) hold of ou on tenir [ball, rail, hand] ; ⇒ catch, grab, grasp, seize, take ;
    2 ( possession) to get hold of se procurer [book, ticket, document] ; [press] avoir vent de [story] ; découvrir [details, information] ;
    3 ( contact) to get hold of ( by phone) joindre [person] ; ( by other means) trouver [person] ;
    4 ( control) emprise f (on, over sur) ; to have a hold on ou over sb avoir de l'emprise sur qn ; to get a hold of oneself se reprendre ;
    5 (storage, area) Aviat soute f ; Naut cale f ;
    6 Sport ( in wrestling) prise f ; to have sb in a hold faire une prise à qn ;
    7 (of hairspray, gel) fixation f ; normal/extra hold fixation normale/extra-forte.
    B vtr ( prét, pp held)
    1 ( clasp) tenir [object, hand, person] (above, over au-dessus de ; against contre) ; to hold sth in one's hand tenir qch à la main [brush, pencil, stick] ; ( enclosed) tenir qch dans la main [button, coin, sweet] ; to hold sth/sb by tenir qch/qn par [handle, stem, sleeve, leg] ; to hold one's stomach/head (in pain) se tenir l'estomac/la tête (à cause de la douleur) ; to hold sb (in one's arms) serrer qn dans ses bras ; to hold each other se serrer l'un contre l'autre ; can you hold my bag for me? tu peux me tenir mon sac? ;
    2 ( maintain) to hold one's head upright/still tenir sa tête droite/immobile ; to hold one's hands apart/still tenir ses mains écartées/immobiles ; to hold a pose/smile garder une pose/un sourire ; to hold sth in place ou position maintenir qch en place ; to hold one's speed maintenir sa vitesse ;
    3 ( arrange) organiser, tenir [meeting, talks] ; organiser [competition, ballot, demonstration, course, election] ; organiser, donner [party, reception] ; organiser, monter [exhibition, show] ; avoir [conversation] ; célébrer [church service] ; mener [enquiry] ; faire passer [interview] ; to be held avoir lieu ;
    4 ( have capacity for) [box, case, tank] (pouvoir) contenir [objects, amount] ; [theatre, room] avoir une capacité de [350 people] ; the bus holds ten (people) le bus a dix places ; to (be able to) hold one's drink ou liquor tenir l'alcool ;
    5 ( contain) [drawer, cupboard, box, case] contenir [objects, possessions] ;
    6 ( support) [shelf, fridge, branch, roof] supporter [weight, load, crate] ; the branch won't hold you la branche ne supportera pas ton poids ;
    7 ( restrain) [dam, wall] retenir, contenir [water, flood waters] ; [person] tenir [dog] ; maîtriser [thief] ; there is/there'll be no holding him fig on ne peut/pourra plus l'arrêter ;
    8 ( keep against will) [police, kidnappers] détenir [person] ; to hold sb prisoner/hostage garder qn prisonnier/en otage ;
    9 ( possess) détenir, avoir [shares, power, record, playing card] ; être titulaire de [degree, sporting title, cup] ; occuper [job, position] ; avoir, être en possession de [ticket, passport, licence] ; porter [title] ; Jur, gen [bank, computer, police, solicitor] conserver [document, information, money] ; avoir [mortgage] ;
    10 ( keep back) garder [place, seat, ticket] ; faire attendre [train, flight] ; mettre [qch] en attente [letter, order] ; hold it ! minute ! ; hold everything! arrête tout! ; two burgers, but hold the mustard! deux hamburgers, sans moutarde ;
    11 ( believe) avoir [opinion, belief] ; to hold sb/sth to be tenir qn/qch pour, considérer qn/qch comme ; to hold that [person] soutenir que ; [law, theory] dire que ; to hold sb liable ou responsible tenir qn pour responsable ;
    12 ( defend successfully) Mil tenir [territory, city, bridge] ; Pol, Sport conserver [title, seat, lead, position] ; ( in tennis) to hold one's serve ou service gagner or remporter son service ; to hold one's own [person] se défendre tout seul (against contre) ; [army] tenir bon (against devant) ;
    13 ( captivate) captiver [person, audience, class] ; capter, retenir [attention, interest] ;
    14 Telecom to hold the line patienter, rester en ligne ; can you hold the line please ne quittez pas s'il vous plaît ;
    15 Mus tenir [note] (for pendant) ;
    16 Aut to hold the road tenir la route.
    C vi ( prét, pp held)
    1 ( remain intact) [rope, shelf, bridge, dam, glue] tenir ; fig ( also hold good) [theory, offer, objection, law] tenir ;
    2 ( continue) [weather] rester beau/belle, se maintenir ; [luck] continuer, durer ;
    3 Telecom patienter ;
    4 ( remain steady) hold still! tiens-toi tranquille!
    D v refl ( prét, pp held) to hold oneself upright/well se tenir droit/bien.
    1 Telecom en attente ; to put sb on hold Telecom faire patienter qn ; to put a call on hold Telecom mettre un appel en attente ;
    2 to put one's plan/a project on hold gen laisser ses projets/un projet en suspens.
    hold against: to hold sth against sb reprocher qch à qn ; to hold it against sb that en vouloir à qn parce que ; I don't hold it against him/them je ne lui/leur en veux pas ; your age could be held against you ton âge pourrait jouer en ta défaveur.
    hold back:
    hold back se retenir ; to hold back from doing se retenir de faire, préférer ne pas faire ;
    hold [sb/sth] back, hold back [sb/sth]
    1 ( restrain) contenir [water, tide, crowd, animals] ; retenir [hair, tears] ; retenir [person] ; refouler [feelings] ; contenir [anger] ; to hold back one's laughter se retenir or s'empêcher de rire ;
    2 ( prevent progress of) ( involuntarily) [person] retarder [person, group] ; ( deliberately) [person] retenir [person] ; [background, poor education] gêner [person] ; entraver [production, progress, development] ;
    3 ( withhold) [person, government, organization] cacher [information, result] ; ( to protect privacy) tenir [qch] secret, ne pas divulguer [name, information, identity] ; [person, company] différer [payment].
    hold down:
    hold [sb/sth] down, hold down [sb/sth]
    1 ( prevent from moving) maintenir [qch] en place [tent, carpet, piece of paper] ; tenir, maîtriser [person] ;
    2 ( press down) appuyer sur [pedal, key] ;
    3 ( keep at certain level) limiter [number, rate, expenditure, costs, inflation] ; limiter l'augmentation de [wages, taxes, prices] ;
    4 ( keep) ( not lose) garder [job] ; ( have) avoir [job].
    hold forth péj disserter, pérorer pej (about, on sur).
    hold in:
    hold [sth] in, hold in [sth]
    1 ( restrain) réprimer, contenir [feeling, anger, disappointment] ;
    2 ( pull in) rentrer [stomach, buttocks].
    hold off:
    hold off [enemy] accorder un répit ; [creditors] accorder un délai ; I hope the rain holds off j'espère qu'il ne pleuvra pas ; the rain held off until after the match il s'est mis à pleuvoir après le match ; to hold off buying/making a decision reporter l'achat/la décision à plus tard ; he held off leaving until the weekend il a reporté son départ au week-end ;
    hold [sb] off, hold off [sb] tenir [qn] à distance [enemy, creditor, journalists] ; faire patienter [client] ;
    hold [sth] off repousser [attack].
    hold on:
    hold on
    1 ( wait) gen attendre ; Telecom patienter ; ‘hold on, I'll just get him’ ( on telephone) ‘ne quittez pas, je vais le chercher’ ;
    2 ( grip) tenir (with de, avec) ; ‘hold on (tight)!’ ‘tiens-toi (bien)!’ ;
    3 ( endure) [person, company] tenir ;
    hold [sth] on [screw, glue] maintenir [qch] en place ; to be held on with sth [door, handle, wheel] être maintenu par qch.
    hold on to [sb/sth]
    1 ( grip) s'agripper à [branch, railing, rope] ; s'agripper à, se tenir à [person] ; ( to prevent from falling) agripper, retenir [person] ; serrer [object, purse] ; (bien) tenir [dog] ;
    2 ( retain) conserver [power, title, lead] ; garder [shares, car] ; to hold on to one's dreams fig s'accrocher à ses rêves ; to hold on to one's ou the belief that persister à croire que ;
    3 ( look after) garder [object] (for pour).
    hold out:
    1 ( endure) tenir le coup, tenir bon ; to hold out against tenir bon devant [enemy, changes, threat] ;
    2 ( remain available) [supplies, food, stocks] durer ;
    hold [sth] out, holdout [sth] tendre [glass, money, ticket] (to à) ; to hold out one's hand/leg tendre la main/la jambe ;
    hold out [sth] garder, conserver [hope] ; I don't hold out much hope je ne me fais guère d'illusions, je n'ai plus beaucoup d'espoir ; they don't hold out much hope of finding him ils ont perdu presque tout espoir de le retrouver ; to hold out for insister pour obtenir [pay rise, increase] ; to hold out on sb cacher des choses à qn ; they know something, but they're holding out on us ils sont au courant mais ils nous cachent quelque chose.
    hold over:
    hold [sth] over, hold over [sth]
    1 ( postpone) ajourner [question, programme] ;
    2 ( continue to show) maintenir [qch] à l'affiche [film] ; prolonger [show, exhibition].
    hold to:
    hold to [sth] s'en tenir à [belief, opinion, decision] ;
    hold sb to [sth] faire tenir [qch] à qn [promise] ; faire honorer [qch] à qn [contract, offer] ; I'll hold you to that! je note!, je m'en souviendrai!
    1 ( not break) [car, shoes, chair] tenir ;
    2 ( remain united) [family, party] rester uni ; [alliance] rester intact ;
    hold [sth] together
    1 ( keep intact) faire tenir [car, machine, chair] ; maintenir ensemble [papers, pieces] ; to be held together with sth tenir avec qch ;
    2 ( unite) assurer la cohésion de [company, party, government] ; my mother held the family together la famille est restée unie grâce à ma mère.
    hold up:
    hold up
    1 ( remain intact) tenir, résister ; to hold up well [currency] résister ;
    2 ( remain valid) [theory, argument] tenir ;
    hold [sb/sth] up, hold up [sb/sth]
    1 ( support) soutenir [shelf, picture] ; tenir [trousers, stockings] ; to be held up by ou with sth tenir avec qch ;
    2 ( raise) lever [object] ; to hold one's hand up lever la main ;
    3 ( display) to hold sb/sth up as an example ou model of présenter qn/ qch comme un exemple de ; to hold sb up to ridicule tourner qn en ridicule, ridiculiser qn ;
    4 ( delay) retarder [person, flight] ; ralentir [production, traffic] ; arrêter, interrompre [procession] ;
    5 ( rob) attaquer [train, bank, person].
    hold with: not to hold with ne pas être d'accord avec [idea, system] ; être contre [television, imitations etc] ; he doesn't hold with teaching children French il est contre le fait qu'on enseigne le français aux enfants.

    Big English-French dictionary > hold

  • 91 πνεῦμα

    πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 308ff).
    air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod S 5, 7, 3)
    wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4).
    the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).
    that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, (life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMcCulloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen2 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.2 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι• ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16.
    a part of human personality, spirit
    when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X7 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2.
    as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, 157–92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, 1923, 11–16, TT [Copenhagen] 4, 1924, 195–207, JBL 45, 1926, 298–304; WMacgregor, ET 39, 1928, 293–97; VMacchioro, JR 12, ’32, 40–49; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55–60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 134ff; Betz, SM 116 n. 178 for Qumran reff.).
    spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cp. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (s. νοῦς 2a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.
    an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42).
    God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός).
    good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.— Ghost Lk 24:37, 39.
    evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133.
    God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below.
    the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένος a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; B 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod S 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2.
    the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37.
    Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16).
    α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 25, 1 al.) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 v.l. (on the Comma Johanneum s. λόγο 3); GJs 24:4 (s. χρηματίζω 1bα). As the mother of Jesus GHb 20, 61 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 64ff; SHirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. 1927. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 9ff).
    β. without the art. (s. B-D-F §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX; PsSol 17:37; AssMos Fgm. b; Just., D. 4, 1 al.; Ath. 24, 1. S. also Da Theod. 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19–23] ’39.—See also 1QS 4:20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2ab; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12 v.l.; 1 Cl 2:2; AcPl 6:18; 9:4 (restored after Aa I 110, 11); AcPlCor 2:5.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cp. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). διὰ φωνῆς πν. ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 6. ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Eus., PE 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2; GJs 14:2; 19:1 (pap). ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37; ApcZeph; Ar. 15, 1) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cp. 1QS 3:7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν v.l.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cp. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 v.l. (for πνεύματος θεοῦ). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5.
    abs.
    α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. B-D-F §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cp. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cp. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cp. vs. 4a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b (in wordplay), 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 1bβ; 2), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (KErlemann, ZNW 83, ’92, 202–23, and s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 1bβ); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6ab (some mss. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25–33), vs. 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, B 7= D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω b). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (led) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul links this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ as liberating agent in contrast to legal constraint ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν the Lord means Spirit 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est 1908; JNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZKT 40, 1916, 617–75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter Festschr. 1922, 35–46; C Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II 1928, 7–22; EFuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187–89; DGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81–83; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]; JDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309–20).
    β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly people, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἓν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17.
    The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (TestJud 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as TestJud 20:1; PsSol 8:14 πλ. πλανήσεως; Just., D. 7, 3 πλάνου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πνεύματος; cp. 1QS 4:23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17 (cp. Just., D. 87, 4). πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως AcPl Ha 8, 25. πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. TestJud 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cp. 1 Cl 46:6.
    Of Christ ‘it is written’ in Scripture: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς (cp. Just., D. 6, 2). On the other hand, s. Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc.
    The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cp. Eph 2:2 and 1 Ti 4:1ab.
    α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material (Just., D. 135, 6): J 3:6; Ro 8:4–6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17ab; 6:8. Cp. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3.
    β. in contrast to σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cp. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556c=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cp. Ro 8:11b.
    γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of the divine will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6ab, 8 (cp. vs. 7).
    δ. in contrast to the wisdom of humans 1 Cor 2:13.
    the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33).
    πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52.
    Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία).
    The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; B 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=Fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὸ̔ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos Fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, B 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b.
    The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10.
    One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. 14–16 and s. νοῦς 1b. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις the Spirit pleads in our behalf with groans beyond words Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9.
    The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων). In Ac 16:6–7 τὸ ἅγιον πν. and τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ are distinguished.
    an activating spirit that is not fr. God, spirit: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cp. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1–3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely a spirit divinely given that is not God’s own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.
    an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen2 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines6 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes2 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der Syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach Syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160–76 al.]; E-BAllo, RB 43, ’34, 321–46 [1 Cor]; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 8:11; Synge [s. above], CQR 119, ’35, 79–93 [Pauline epp.]; NWaaning, Onderzoek naar het gebruik van πνεῦμα bij Pls, diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167–200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften 1926; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit 1902; JSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th ser., 4, 1925, 292–99; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris Festschr.) ’33, 303–18; WLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/41, 334–36; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 n.s., ’50, 1–15; FCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GLampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159–200; NHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Flesh and Spirit: The Scrolls and the NT, ed. KStendahl, ’57, 157–82.—GJohnston, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit.: NT Sidelights (ACPurdy Festschr.) ’60, 27–42; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150–64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202–93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann Festschr. ’72, 251–59; KEasley, The Pauline Usage of πνεύματι as a Reference to the Spirit of God: JETS 27, ’84, 299–313 (statistics).—B. 260; 1087. Pauly-W. XIV 387–412. BHHW I 534–37. Schmidt, Syn. II 218–50. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. Dict. de la Bible XI 126–398. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πνεῦμα

  • 92 машинное оборудование

    1. machinery

     

    машинное оборудование
    термин " машинное оборудование" означает:
    - сборочную единицу, состоящую из соединенных частей или компонентов, по крайней мере, одна из которых находится в движении, имеет соответствующие приводы, схему управления, цепь питания, и т.д., соединенные вместе с целью специального применения, в частности, для производства, обработки, перемещения или упаковки материала;
    - группу машин, которые для достижения той же цели организованы и управляется таким образом, что они функционируют как единое целое;
    - взаимозаменяемое оборудование, модифицирующее функции машины, которое отдельно поставляется на рынок и предназначено для установки на машине или на серии различных машин или на приводном устройстве самим оператором, при условии, что данное оборудование не является запасной частью или инструментом.
    [Директива 98/37/ЕЭС по машинному оборудованию]

    EN

    machinery
    ‘machinery’ means:
    — an assembly of linked parts or components, at least one of which moves, with the appropriate
    actuators, control and power circuits, etc., joined together for a specific application, in particular
    for the processing, treatment, moving or packaging of a material,
    — an assembly of machines which, in order to achieve the same end, are arranged and controlled so that they function as an integral whole,
    — interchangeable equipment modifying the function of a machine, which is placed on the market for the purpose of being assembled with a machine or a series of different machines or with a tractor by the operator himself in so far as this equipment is not a spare part or a tool
    [DIRECTIVE 98/37/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL]

    Параллельные тексты EN-RU

    3. The following are excluded from the scope of this Directive:

    3. Из области применения данной Директивы исключаются:

    — machinery whose only power source is directly applied manual effort, unless it is a machine used for lifting or lowering loads,

    - машинное оборудование, для которых источником энергии является исключительно непосредственное применение ручной силы, за исключением механизмов для подъема и опускания грузов;

    — machinery for medical use used in direct contact with patients,

    - медицинские приборы;

    — special equipment for use in fairgrounds and/or amusement parks,

    - специальное оборудование для использования в аттракционах и/или парках для развлечений;

    — steam boilers, tanks and pressure vessels,

    - паровые котлы, резервуары и сосуды под давлением;

    — machinery specially designed or put into service for nuclear purposes which, in the event of failure, may result in an emission of radioactivity,

    - машинное оборудование, специально сконструированное или используемое в атомной отрасли, которые в случае аварии могут привести к выделению радиоактивных веществ;

    — radioactive sources forming part of a machine,

    - радиоактивные источники, составляющие часть машин;

    — firearms,

    - стрелковое оружие;

    — storage tanks and pipelines for petrol, diesel fuel, inflammable liquids and dangerous substances,

    - емкости для хранения или трубопроводы для бензина, дизельного топлива, огнеопасных жидкостей и опасных веществ;

    — means of transport, i.e. vehicles and their trailers intended solely for transporting passengers by air or on road, rail or water networks, as well as means of transport in so far as such means are designed for transporting goods by air, on public road or rail networks or on water. Vehicles used in the mineral extraction industry shall not be excluded,

    - транспортные средства, т.е. средства перевозки и их прицепы, предназначенные исключительно для перевозки пассажиров по воздуху, автодороге, железной дороге, или водными путями, а также транспортные средства, сконструированные для транспортировки грузов по воздуху, по общедоступным дорогам, железным дорогам или водным путям. Средства транспортировки, используемые в горнодобывающей промышленности, не исключаются из области применения настоящей Директивы;

    — seagoing vessels and mobile offshore units together with equipment on board such vessels or units,

    - морские суда и мобильные береговые агрегаты вместе с оборудованием на борту, такие как танки или установки;

    — cableways, including funicular railways, for the public or private transportation of persons,

    - канатные дороги, включая фуникулерные железные дороги для общественного или частного пользования, предназначенные для транспортировки людей;

    — agricultural and forestry tractors, as defined in Article 1(1) of Directive 74/150/EEC (1),

    (1) Council Directive 74/150/EEC of 4 March 1974 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the type-approval of wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 84, 28.3.1974, p. 10). Directive as last amended by Decision 95/1/EC, Euratom, ECSC (OJ L 1.1.1995, p. 1).

    -сельскохозяйственные и лесные тракторы, подпадающие под определение статьи 1 (1) Директивы Совета 74/150/ЕЭС(1);

    (1) Директива Совета 74/150/ЕЭС от 4 марта 1974 г. по сближению законодательных актов Государств-членов, относящихся к одобрению типов колесных сельскохозяйственных или лесных тракторов (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 84, 28.3.1974 г., стр.10). Директива, измененная последний раз Решением 95/1/ЕЭС, Евроатом, ECSC (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 1/1/1995 г., стр 1)

    — machines specially designed and constructed for military or police purposes,

    - машины, специально сконструированные и созданные для военных и полицейских целей;

    — lifts which permanently serve specific levels of buildings and constructions, having a car moving between guides which are rigid and inclined at an angle of more than 15 degrees to the horizontal and designed for the transport of:
    (i) persons;
    (ii) persons and goods;
    (iii) goods alone if the car is accessible, that is to say, a person may enter it without difficulty, and fitted with controls situated inside the car or within reach of a person inside,

    - лифты и подъемные устройства, постоянно обслуживающие определенные уровни зданий и конструкций, имеющие транспортную тележку, движущуюся между жесткими направляющими, которые имеют угол наклона более 15 градусов к горизонтальной поверхности и сконструированы для транспортировки:
    (i) людей;
    (ii) людей и имущества;
    (iii) только имущества, в том случае, если кабина лифта открыта, т.е. человек может легко войти в такое транспортное средство и манипулировать средствами управления, находящимися внутри кабины или в пределах досягаемости для человека;

    — means of transport of persons using rack and pinion rail mounted vehicles,

    - транспортные средства для перевозки людей, с использованием зубчатых или реечных рельс, по которым перемещается транспортные средства;

    — mine winding gear,

    - шахтные канатные подъемные устройства;

    — theatre elevators,

    - театральные подъемники;

    — construction site hoists intended for lifting persons or persons and goods.

    - строительные подъемники, предназначенные для подъема людей или людей и грузов.

    4. Where, for machinery or safety components, the risks referred to in this Directive are wholly or partly covered by specific Community Directives, this Directive shall not apply, or shall cease to apply, in the case of such machinery or safety components and of such risks on the implementation of these specific Directives.

    4. Когда для машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности риски, определенные в настоящей Директиве, полностью или частично покрываются специальными Директивами Сообщества, настоящая Директива не применяется или прекращает свое действие, такое машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности и такие риски подпадают под действие этих специальных Директив.

    5. Where, for machinery, the risks are mainly of electrical origin, such machinery shall be covered exclusively by Directive 73/23/EEC (2).

    (2) Council Directive 73/23/EEC of 19 February 1973 on the harmonisation of the laws of Member States relating to electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (OJ L 77, 26.3.1973, p. 29). Directive as last amended by Directive 93/68/EEC (OJ L 220, 30.8.1993, p. 1).

    5. Когда риски применения машинного оборудования связаны с электрическими источниками, то такое оборудование охватываются исключительно Директивой 73/23/ЕЭС(2).

    (2) Директива Совета 73/23/ЕЭС/ от 19 февраля 1973 года о гармонизации законов Государств-Участников в отношении электрооборудования, предназначенного для использования в условиях определенных пределов напряжения (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 77, 26.03.1973, стр. 29). Директива с последней поправкой Директивой 93/68/ЕЭС (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 220, 30.08.1993, стр.1).

    Article 2
    1. Member States shall take all appropriate measures to ensure that machinery or safety components covered by this Directive may be placed on the market and put into service only if they do not endanger the health or safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, when properly installed and maintained and used for their intended purpose.

    Статья 2
    1. Государства - члены должны предпринимать все необходимые меры для обеспечения того, чтобы машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, попадающие под действие настоящей Директивы, поставлялись на рынок и вводились в эксплуатацию, только если они не составляют угрозу для здоровья и безопасности людей и домашних животных, или имуществу при условии надлежащей установки и обслуживания, а также использования по прямому назначению.

    2. This Directive shall not affect Member States’ entitlement to lay down, in due observance of the Treaty, such requirements as they may deem necessary to ensure that persons and in particular workers are protected when using the machinery or safety components in question, provided that this does not mean that the machinery or safety components are modified in a way not specified in the Directive.

    2. Настоящая Директива не ограничивает права Государств - членов устанавливать при должном соблюдении Договора такие требования, которые они посчитают необходимыми для обеспечения защиты людей, особенно работников, при использовании машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, при условии, что модификация такого машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности была произведена в соответствии с положениями настоящей Директивы.

    3. At trade fairs, exhibitions, demonstrations, etc., Member States shall not prevent the showing of machinery or safety components which do not conform to the provisions of this Directive, provided that a visible sign clearly indicates that such machinery or safety components do not conform and that they are not for sale until they have been brought into conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community. During demonstrations, adequate safety measures shall be taken to ensure the protection of persons.

    3. На торговых ярмарках, выставках, демонстрациях и т.п. Государства - члены не должны препятствовать демонстрации машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, которые не соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, при условии, что видимый знак четко указывает, что такое машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности не соответствуют данной Директиве, и что они не предназначаются для продажи до тех пор, пока изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не приведет их в полное соответствие с Директивой. Во время демонстраций должны приниматься адекватные меры для обеспечения безопасности граждан.

    Article 3
    Machinery and safety components covered by this Directive shall satisfy the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex I.

    Статья 3
    Машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы, должны полностью удовлетворять основным требованиям по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности, изложенным в Приложении 1.

    Article 4
    1. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market and putting into service in their territory of machinery and safety components which comply with this Directive.

    Статья 4
    1. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, а также компонентов безопасности, которые соответствуют
    требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    2. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of machinery where the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community declares in accordance with point B of Annex II that it is intended to be incorporated into machinery or assembled with other machinery to constitute machinery covered by this Directive, except where it can function independently.

    ‘Interchangeable equipment’, as referred to in the third indent of Article 1(2)(a), must in all cases bear the CE marking and be accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A.

    2. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, если изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе заявляет в соответствии с Приложением II B, что они предназначены для включения в машинное оборудование или компоноваться с другим оборудованием, так, что в соединении они составят машинное оборудование, отвечающее требованиям настоящей Директивы, за исключением тех случаев, когда они могут функционировать независимо.

    "Взаимозаменяемое оборудование" в смысле третьего абзаца с черточкой в Статье 1 (2) (a) должно во всех случаях иметь маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаться декларацией соответствия, определенной в Приложении II, пункте А.

    3. Member States may not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of safety components as defined in Article 1(2) where they are accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community as referred to in Annex II, point C.

    3. Государства - члены не имеют права запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать распространению на рынке компонентов безопасности, определенных Статьей 1 (2), если эти компоненты сопровождаются декларацией соответствия ЕС, заявленной изготовителем или его уполномоченным представителем в Сообществе, как определено в Приложении II, пункте С.

    Article 5
    1. Member States shall regard the following as conforming to all the provisions of this Directive, including the procedures for checking the conformity provided for in Chapter II:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking and accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A,
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point C.

    Статья 5
    1. Государства - члены должны считать нижеследующее соответствующим всем положениям настоящей Директивы, включая процедуры проверки соответствия, предусмотренной в Главе II:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаемое декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте A;
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте C.

    При отсутствии гармонизированных стандартов Государства - члены должны предпринимать любые меры, которые они сочтут необходимыми, для привлечения внимания заинтересованных сторон к существующим национальным техническим стандартам и спецификациям, которые считаются важными или относятся к выполнению основных требований по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности в соответствии с Приложением 1.

    2. Where a national standard transposing a harmonised standard, the reference for which has been published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, covers one or more of the essential safety requirements, machinery or safety components constructed in accordance with this standard shall be presumed to comply with the relevant essential requirements.
    Member States shall publish the references of national standards transposing harmonised standards.

    2. В тех случаях, когда национальный стандарт, заменяющий гармонизированный стандарт, ссылка на который была опубликована в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, покрывает одно или несколько основных требований безопасности, машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, сконструированные в соответствии с таким стандартом, должны считаться соответствующими основным требованиям.
    Государства - члены должны публиковать ссылки на национальные стандарты, заменяющие гармонизированные стандарты.

    3. Member States shall ensure that appropriate measures are taken to enable the social partners to have an influence at national level on the process of preparing and monitoring the harmonised standards.

    3. Государства - члены должны обеспечивать принятие необходимых мер для того, чтобы их социальные партнеры получали возможность влиять на национальном уровне на процессы подготовки и отслеживания гармонизированных стандартов.

    Article 6
    1. Where a Member State or the Commission considers that the harmonised standards referred to in Article 5(2) do not entirely satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3, the Commission or the Member State concerned shall bring the matter before the committee set up under Directive 83/189/EEC, giving the reasons therefor. The committee shall deliver an opinion without delay.
    Upon receipt of the committee’s opinion, the Commission shall inform the Member States whether or not it is necessary to withdraw those standards from the published information referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 6
    1. В случае, если Государство - член или Комиссия считают, что гармонизированные стандарты, рассмотренные в Статье 5 (2), не полностью соответствуют основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3, Комиссия или заинтересованное Государство - член должны поставить этот вопрос на рассмотрение комитета, созданного в соответствии с Директивой 83/189/ЕЭС, обосновав причины такого обращения. Комитет должен безотлагательно вынести решение.
    После получения такого решения комитета Комиссия должна информировать Государства – члены, необходимо или нет отозвать эти стандарты из опубликованной информации, определенной в Статье 5 (2).

    2. A standing committee shall be set up, consisting of representatives appointed by the Member States and chaired by a representative of the Commission.

    The standing committee shall draw up its own rules of procedure.

    Any matter relating to the implementation and practical application of this Directive may be brought before the standing committee, in accordance with the following procedure:

    The representative of the Commission shall submit to the committee a draft of the measures to be taken. The committee shall deliver its opinion on the draft, within a time limit which the chairman may lay down according to the urgency of the matter, if necessary by taking a vote.

    The opinion shall be recorded in the minutes; in addition, each Member State shall have the right to ask to have its position recorded in the minutes.
    The Commission shall take the utmost account of the opinion delivered by the committee.
    It shall inform the committee of the manner in which its opinion has been taken into account.

    2. Должен быть создан постоянно действующий комитет, состоящий из представителей, назначенных Государствами – членами, и возглавляемый представителем Комиссии.

    Постоянно действующий комитет будет сам устанавливать порядок действий и процедуры.

    Любой вопрос, относящийся к выполнению и практическому применению настоящей Директивы, может быть поставлен на рассмотрение постоянно действующего комитета, в соответствии со следующими правилами:

    Представитель Комиссии должен представить комитету проект предполагаемых к принятию мер. Комитет должен выразить свое мнение по проекту за время, установленное председателем в соответствии со срочностью вопроса, при необходимости определяемого путем голосования.

    Это мнение должно быть зафиксировано в протоколе; кроме того, каждое Государство - член имеет право потребовать отразить свою позицию в протоколе. Комиссия должна максимально учитывать мнение, вынесенное комитетом.
    Она должна проинформировать комитет, каким образом было учтено его мнение.

    Article 7
    1. Where a Member State ascertains that:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking, or
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity, used in accordance with their intended purpose are liable to endanger the safety of persons, and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, it shall take all appropriate measures to withdraw such machinery or safety components from the market, to prohibit the placing on the market, putting into service or use thereof, or to restrict free movement thereof.

    Member States shall immediately inform the Commission of any such measure, indicating the reason for its decision and, in particular, whether non-conformity is due to:
    (a) failure to satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3;
    (b) incorrect application of the standards referred to in Article 5(2);
    (c) shortcomings in the standards themselves referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 7
    1. Если Государство - член устанавливает, что:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ", либо
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, используемые в соответствии с их назначением, могут нести угрозу безопасности людям, и, если это имеет место, домашним животным или собственности, оно должно принять все необходимые меры для изъятия такого машинного оборудования, либо компонентов безопасности с рынка, запретить их поставку на рынок, ввод в эксплуатацию или использование, либо ограничить их свободное обращение.

    Государства - члены должны немедленно информировать Комиссию о любых подобных мерах, указать причины такого решения и, в особенности, информировать о том, явилось ли это несоответствие результатом:
    a) неспособности удовлетворить основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3;
    b) неправильного применения стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п.2);
    c) недостатков самих стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п. 2).

    2. The Commission shall enter into consultation with the parties concerned without delay. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the measure is justified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the other Member States. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the action is unjustified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community.

    Where the decision referred to in paragraph 1 is based on a shortcoming in the standards, and where the Member State at the origin of the decision maintains its position, the Commission shall immediately inform the committee in order to initiate the procedures referred to in Article 6(1).

    2. Комиссия должна безотлагательно провести консультацию с заинтересованными сторонами. В случае, если после проведения такой консультации, Комиссия полагает, что такая мера обоснована, она должна немедленно информировать об этом Государство - член, которое выдвинуло эту инициативу, а также остальные Государства - члены. Если Комиссия после проведения такой консультации полагает, что действия не были обоснованными, она немедленно извещает об этом Государство - член, проявившее инициативу, и изготовителя, либо его уполномоченного представителя в Сообществе.

    Если решение, указанное в параграфе 1, основано на недостатках в стандартах, и если Государство - член на основании такого решения сохраняет свои позиции, то Комиссия должна немедленно информировать комитет для того, чтобы начать процедуры, описанные в Статье 6 (п. 1).

    3. Where:
    — machinery which does not comply bears the CE marking,
    — a safety component which does not comply is accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity,
    the competent Member State shall take appropriate action against whom so ever has affixed the marking or drawn up the declaration and shall so inform the Commission and other Member States.

    3. Если:
    - машинное оборудование, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют маркировку "СЕ",
    - компоненты безопасности, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют декларацию соответствия ЕС,
    компетентное Государство - член должно начать соответствующие действия против любого, кто поставил маркировку, или составил декларацию, и должно проинформировать об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    4. The Commission shall ensure that Member States are kept informed of the progress and outcome of this procedure.

    4. Комиссия должна обеспечить, чтобы Государства – члены были постоянно информированы о ходе и результатах данной процедуры.

    CHAPTER II
    CONFORMITY ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES
    Article 8

    1. The manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community must, in order to certify that machinery and safety components are in conformity with this Directive, draw up for all machinery or safety components manufactured an EC declaration of conformity based on the model given in Annex II, point A or C as appropriate.

    In addition, for machinery alone, the manufacturer or his authorised representatives established in the Community must affix to the machine the CE marking.

    Глава II
    Процедуры оценки соответствия
    Статья 8

    1. Для подтверждения того, что машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен составить декларацию ЕС о соответствии на произведенное машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности по образцу, приведенному в Приложении II, соответственно пунктам A или C.

    Корме того, на машинное оборудование изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен нанести маркировку "СЕ" в соответствии со Статьей 10.

    2. Before placing on the market, the manufacturer, or his authorised representative established in the Community, shall:
    (a) if the machinery is not referred to in Annex IV, draw up the file provided for in Annex V;
    (b) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and its manufacturer does not comply, or only partly complies, with the standards referred to in Article 5(2) or if there are no such standards, submit an example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI;
    (c) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and is manufactured in accordance with the standards referred to in Article 5(2):
    — either draw up the file referred to in Annex VI and forward it to a notified body, which will acknowledge receipt of the file as soon as possible and keep it,
    — submit the file referred to in Annex VI to the notified body, which will simply verify that the standards referred to in Article 5(2) have been correctly applied and will draw up a certificate of adequacy for the file,
    — or submit the example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI.

    2. Перед поставкой на рынок изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен:
    (a) в случае, если машинное оборудование не указано в Приложении IV, составить документацию, предусмотренную Приложением V;
    (b) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV, и их изготовитель не выполняет, либо выполняет лишь частично требования стандартов, упомянутых в Статье 5 (2), либо, если таких стандартов не существует, то представить образец машинного оборудования для его испытания ЕС, определенного в Приложении VI;
    (c) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV и изготовлено в соответствии со стандартами, определенными в Статье 5 (п. 2):
    - либо составить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, и передать ее нотифицированному органу, который подтверждает получение документации в возможно короткие сроки, а также сохраняет ее;
    - представить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, нотифицированному органу, который просто проверит, что стандарты, упомянутые в Статье 5 (2), были применены правильно и составит сертификат соответствия по этой документации;
    - либо представить образец машинного оборудования для испытания ЕС типового образца, определенного в Приложении VI.

    3. Where the first indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of the first sentence of paragraphs 5 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    Where the second indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    3. В тех случаях, когда может быть применен первый абзац параграфа 2 (с) этой Статьи должны также применяться положения первого предложения параграфов 5 и 7 Приложения VI.

    В тех случаях, когда может быть применен второй абзац пункта 2 (с), должны также применяться положения параграфов 5, 6 и 7 Приложения VI.

    4. Where paragraph 2(a) and the first and second indents of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall solely state conformity with the essential requirements of the Directive.

    Where paragraph 2(b) and the third indent of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall state conformity with the example that underwent EC type-examination.

    4. В тех случаях, когда применяется параграф 2 (а) и первый и второй абзацы параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие основным требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    В случае, когда применяется параграф 2 (b) и третий абзац параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие образцу, прошедшему испытание ЕС типового образца.

    5. Safety components shall be subject to the certification procedures applicable to machinery pursuant to paragraphs 2, 3 and 4. Furthermore, during EC type-examination, the notified body shall verify the suitability of the safety component for fulfilling the safety functions declared by the manufacturer.

    5.Компоненты безопасности должны подвергаться процедурам сертификации, применимым к машинному оборудованию в соответствии с параграфами 2, 3, 4. Более того, во время испытания ЕС типового образца нотифицированный орган должен проверить пригодность компонентов безопасности для выполнения тех функций безопасности, которые заявлены изготовителем.

    6. (a) Where the machinery is subject to other Directives concerning other aspects and which also provide for the affixing of the CE marking, the latter shall indicate that the machinery is also presumed to conform to the provisions of those other Directives.
    (b) However, where one or more of those Directives allow the manufacturer, during a transitional period, to choose which arrangements to apply, the CE marking shall indicate conformity only to the Directives applied by the manufacturer. In this case, particulars of the Directives applied, as published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, must be given in the documents, notices or instructions required by the directives and accompanying such machinery.

    6. (a) В тех случаях, когда машинное оборудование подпадает под действие Директив по другим аспектам, которые также предусматривают нанесение маркировки "СЕ", последняя указывает, что такое машинное оборудование соответствуют положениям этих прочих директив.
    (b) Тем не менее, когда одна или несколько таких Директив позволяют изготовителям в течение переходного периода выбирать, какие из положений применить, маркировка "СЕ" будет указывать на соответствие только тем Директивам, которые применялись изготовителем. В этом случае подробная информация о примененных Директивах, опубликованных в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, должен приводиться в документах, аннотациях или инструкциях, требуемых в соответствии с Директивами, и сопровождать такое машинное оборудование.

    7. Where neither the manufacturer nor his authorised representative established in the Community fulfils the obligations of paragraphs 1 to 6, these obligations shall fall to any person placing the machinery or safety component on the market in the Community. The same obligations shall apply to any person assembling machinery or parts thereof or safety components of various origins or constructing machinery or safety components for his own use.

    7. Если ни изготовитель, ни его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не выполнят своих обязательств по предыдущим параграфам, то эти обязательства должны быть выполнены любыми лицами, поставляющими машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности на рынок Сообщества. Такие же обязательства возлагаются на любые лица, осуществляющие сборку машинного оборудования, либо его частей или компонентов безопасности различного происхождения, либо создающие машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности для собственного пользования.

    8. The obligations referred to in paragraph 7 shall not apply to persons who assemble with a machine or tractor interchangeable equipment as provided for in Article 1, provided that the parts are compatible and each of the constituent parts of the assembled machine bears the CE marking and is accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity.

    8. Обязательства, изложенные в параграфе 7, не применяются к лицам, которые собирают с машиной, механизмом или транспортным средством взаимозаменяемое оборудование, указанное в Статье 1, при условии, что эти части совместимы, и каждая из частей машины в сборе имеет маркировку "СЕ" и Декларацию ЕС о соответствии.

    Article 9
    1. Member States shall notify the Commission and the other Member States of the approved bodies which they have appointed to carry out the procedures referred to in Article 8 together with the specific tasks which these bodies have been appointed to carry out and the identification numbers assigned to them beforehand by the Commission.
    The Commission shall publish in the Official Journal of the European Communities a list of the notified bodies and their identification numbers and the tasks for which they have been notified. The Commission shall ensure that this list is kept up to date.

    Статья 9
    1. Государства - члены должны уведомить Комиссию и другие Государства - члены об утвержденных органах, которые назначаются для выполнения процедур, описанных в Статье 8, также как и для различных особых задач, которые этим органам предназначено выполнять, и об идентификационных номерах, предварительно присвоенных им Комиссией.

    В Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ Комиссия должна публиковать список таких нотифицированных органов и их идентификационные номера, а также задачи, для решения которых они предназначены. Комиссия должна обеспечить своевременность обновления списка.

    2. Member States shall apply the criteria laid down in Annex VII in assessing the bodies to be indicated in such notification. Bodies meeting the assessment criteria laid down in the relevant harmonised standards shall be presumed to fulfil those criteria.

    2. Государства - члены должны применять критерии, изложенные в Приложении VII, для определения органов, которые будут указаны в таких назначениях. Органы, удовлетворяющие критериям, изложенным в соответствующих гармонизированных стандартах, считаются соответствующими критериям.

    3. A Member State which has approved a body must withdraw its notification if it finds that the body no longer meets the criteria referred to in Annex VII. It shall immediately inform the Commission and the other Member States accordingly.

    3. Государство - член, утвердившее такой орган, должно отменить его назначение, если оно обнаружит, что он больше не соответствует критериям, изложенным в Приложении VII. Государство - член должно немедленно известить об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    CHAPTER III
    CE MARKING
    Article 10
    1. The CE conformity marking shall consist of the initials ‘CE’. The form of the marking to be used is shown in Annex III.

    ГЛАВА III
    МАРКИРОВКА "СЕ"
    Статья 10
    1. Маркировка "СЕ" состоит из заглавных букв "СЕ". Форма маркировки, которая будет использоваться, указана в Приложении III.

    2. The CE marking shall be affixed to machinery distinctly and visibly in accordance with point 1.7.3 of Annex I.

    2. Маркировка "СЕ" должна наноситься на машинное оборудование четко, на видном месте в соответствии с пунктом 1.7.3. Приложения I.

    3. The affixing of markings on the machinery which are likely to deceive third parties as to the meaning and form of the CE marking shall be prohibited. Any other marking may be affixed to the machinery provided that the visibility and legibility of the CE marking is not thereby reduced.

    3. Нанесение маркировок на машинное оборудование таким образом, что это может ввести в заблуждение относительно значения и формы маркировки "СЕ", запрещено. Любые другие маркировки могут быть нанесены на машинное оборудование таким образом, чтобы не мешать видимости и различимости маркировки "СЕ".

    4. Without prejudice to Article 7:
    (a) where a Member State establishes that the CE marking has been affixed unduly, the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community shall be obliged to make the product conform as regards the provisions concerning the CE marking and to end the infringement under the conditions imposed by the Member State;

    (b) where non-conformity continues, the Member State must take all appropriate measures to restrict or prohibit the placing on the market of the product in question or to ensure that it is withdrawn from the market in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 7.

    4. Без ограничения применения Статьи 7:
    (a) если Государство - член устанавливает, что маркировка "СЕ" была нанесена неправильно, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе будет обязан привести продукцию в соответствии с положениями, касающимися маркировки "СЕ" и положить конец нарушениям на условиях, установленных Государством - членом;

    (b) если такое несоответствие будет продолжаться, то Государство - член должно принять все соответствующие меры для ограничения или запрещения поставки на рынок такой продукции, либо обеспечить изъятие ее с рынка в соответствии с процедурами, изложенными в Статье 7.

    CHAPTER IV
    FINAL PROVISIONS
    Article 11

    Any decision taken pursuant to this Directive which restricts the placing on the market and putting into service of machinery or a safety component shall state the exact grounds on which it is based. Such a decision shall be notified as soon as possible to the party concerned, who shall at the same time be informed of the legal remedies available to him under the laws in force in the Member State concerned and of the time limits to which such remedies are subject.

    ГЛАВА IV
    ЗАКЛЮЧИТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ
    Статья 11

    Любое решение, принятое в исполнение настоящей Директивы, ограничивающее поставку на рынок и ввод в эксплуатацию машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, должно указывать точные причины, на которых оно основано. Такое решение должно быть по возможности быстро доведено до сведения заинтересованных сторон, их также следует проинформировать о законных мерах, которые могут быть предприняты по действующему законодательству в соответствующем Государстве - члене и о сроках, в которые данные меры применяются.

    Article 12
    The Commission will take the necessary steps to have information on all the relevant decisions relating to the management of this Directive made available.

    Статья 12
    Комиссия предпримет все необходимые шаги для получения информации по всем соответствующим решениям, касающимся применения и распространения настоящей Директивы.

    Article 13
    1. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the texts of the provisions of national law which they adopt in the field governed by this Directive.

    2. The Commission shall, before 1 January 1994, examine the progress made in the standardisation work relating to this Directive and propose any appropriate measures.

    Статья 13
    1. Государства - члены должны передать Комиссии тексты положений национальных законодательных актов, принимаемых в сфере, определяемой настоящей Директивой.

    2. Комиссия должна до 1 января 1994 г. изучить развитие работ по стандартизации, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы и предложить любые целесообразные меры.

    Тематики

    EN

    Русско-английский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > машинное оборудование

  • 93 hold

    I noun
    (of ship) Laderaum, der; (of aircraft) Frachtraum, der
    II 1. transitive verb,
    1) (grasp) halten; (carry) tragen; (keep fast) festhalten
    2) (support) [tragendes Teil:] halten, stützen, tragen [Decke, Dach usw.]; aufnehmen [Gewicht, Kraft]
    3) (keep in position) halten
    4) (grasp to control) halten [Kind, Hund, Zügel]
    5) (keep in particular attitude)

    hold oneself ready or in readiness — sich bereit od. in Bereitschaft halten

    hold one's head high(fig.) (be confident) selbstbewusst sein od. auftreten; (be proud) den Kopf hoch tragen

    6) (contain) enthalten; bergen [Gefahr, Geheimnis]; (be able to contain) fassen [Liter, Personen usw.]

    the room holds ten peoplein dem Raum haben 10 Leute Platz; der Raum bietet 10 Leuten Platz

    hold water[Behälter:] wasserdicht sein; Wasser halten; (fig.) [Argument, Theorie:] stichhaltig sein, hieb- und stichfest sein

    7) (not be intoxicated by)

    he can/can't hold his drink or liquor — er kann etwas/nichts vertragen

    8) (possess) besitzen; haben
    9) (have gained) halten [Rekord]; haben [Diplom, Doktorgrad]
    10) (keep possession of) halten [Stützpunkt, Stadt, Stellung]; (Mus.): (sustain) [aus]halten [Ton]

    hold one's own(fig.) sich behaupten

    hold one's position(fig.) auf seinem Standpunkt beharren

    11) (occupy) innehaben, (geh.) bekleiden [Posten, Amt, Stellung]

    hold officeim Amt sein

    hold the line(Teleph.) am Apparat bleiben

    12) (engross) fesseln, (geh.) gefangen halten [Aufmerksamkeit, Publikum]
    13) (keep in specified condition) halten

    hold the ladder steady — die Leiter festhalten; see also academic.ru/5877/bay">bay III 1.; ransom 1.

    14) (detain) (in custody) in Haft halten, festhalten; (imprison) festsetzen; inhaftieren; (arrest) festnehmen
    15) (oblige to adhere)

    hold somebody to the terms of the contract/to a promise — darauf bestehen, dass jemand sich an die Vertragsbestimmungen hält/dass jemand ein Versprechen hält od. einlöst

    hold one's opponent [to a draw] — ein Unentschieden [gegen den Gegner] halten od. verteidigen

    17) (cause to take place) stattfinden lassen; abhalten [Veranstaltung, Konferenz, Gottesdienst, Sitzung, Prüfung]; veranstalten [Festival, Auktion]; austragen [Meisterschaften]; führen [Unterhaltung, Gespräch, Korrespondenz]; durchführen [Untersuchung]; geben [Empfang]; halten [Vortrag, Rede]
    18) (restrain) [fest]halten

    hold one's fire — [noch] nicht schießen; (fig.): (refrain from criticism) mit seiner Kritik zurückhalten

    19) (coll.): (withhold) zurückhalten

    hold it! — [einen] Moment mal!; see also horse 1)

    20) (think, believe)

    hold a view or an opinion — eine Ansicht haben (on über + Akk.)

    hold that... — dafürhalten, dass...; der Ansicht sein, dass...

    hold somebody/oneself guilty/blameless — jemanden/sich für schuldig/unschuldig halten ( for an + Dat.)

    hold something against somebody — jemandem etwas vorwerfen; see also dear 1. 1); responsible 1)

    2. intransitive verb,
    1) (not give way) [Seil, Nagel, Anker, Schloss, Angeklebtes:] halten; [Damm:] [stand]halten
    2) (remain unchanged) anhalten; [an]dauern; [Wetter:] sich halten, so bleiben; [Angebot, Versprechen:] gelten

    hold to something — bei etwas bleiben; an etwas (Dat.) festhalten

    hold [good or true] — gelten; Gültigkeit haben

    3. noun
    1) (grasp) Griff, der

    grab or seize hold of something — etwas ergreifen

    get or lay or take hold of something — etwas fassen od. packen

    take hold(fig.) sich durchsetzen; [Krankheit:] fortschreiten

    get hold of something(fig.) etwas bekommen od. auftreiben

    get hold of somebody(fig.) jemanden erreichen

    have a hold over somebody — jemanden in der Hand halten; see also catch 1. 1)

    2) (influence) Einfluss, der (on, over auf + Akk.)
    3) (Sport) Griff, der

    there are no holds barred(fig.) alles ist erlaubt

    4) (thing to hold by) Griff, der
    5)

    put on holdauf Eis legen [Plan, Programm]

    Phrasal Verbs:
    - hold back
    - hold down
    - hold forth
    - hold off
    - hold on
    - hold out
    - hold over
    - hold up
    - hold with
    * * *
    I 1. [həuld] past tense, past participle - held; verb
    1) (to have in one's hand(s) or between one's hands: He was holding a knife; Hold that dish with both hands; He held the little boy's hand; He held the mouse by its tail.) halten
    2) (to have in a part, or between parts, of the body, or between parts of a tool etc: He held the pencil in his teeth; She was holding a pile of books in her arms; Hold the stamp with tweezers.) halten
    3) (to support or keep from moving, running away, falling etc: What holds that shelf up?; He held the door closed by leaning against it; Hold your hands above your head; Hold his arms so that he can't struggle.) halten
    4) (to remain in position, fixed etc when under strain: I've tied the two pieces of string together, but I'm not sure the knot will hold; Will the anchor hold in a storm?) halten
    5) (to keep (a person) in some place or in one's power: The police are holding a man for questioning in connection with the murder; He was held captive.) festhalten
    6) (to (be able to) contain: This jug holds two pints; You can't hold water in a handkerchief; This drawer holds all my shirts.) (ent)halten
    7) (to cause to take place: The meeting will be held next week; We'll hold the meeting in the hall.) abhalten
    8) (to keep (oneself), or to be, in a particular state or condition: We'll hold ourselves in readiness in case you send for us; She holds herself very erect.) halten
    9) (to have or be in (a job etc): He held the position of company secretary for five years.) beibehalten
    10) (to think strongly; to believe; to consider or regard: I hold that this was the right decision; He holds me( to be) responsible for everyone's mistakes; He is held in great respect; He holds certain very odd beliefs.) die Aussicht haben
    11) (to continue to be valid or apply: Our offer will hold until next week; These rules hold under all circumstances.) gelten
    12) ((with to) to force (a person) to do something he has promised to do: I intend to hold him to his promises.) festhalten
    13) (to defend: They held the castle against the enemy.) (stand)halten
    14) (not to be beaten by: The general realized that the soldiers could not hold the enemy for long.) standhalten
    15) (to keep (a person's attention): If you can't hold your pupils' attention, you can't be a good teacher.) fesseln
    16) (to keep someone in a certain state: Don't hold us in suspense, what was the final decision?) abhalten
    17) (to celebrate: The festival is held on 24 June.) innehaben
    18) (to be the owner of: He holds shares in this company.) sich halten
    19) ((of good weather) to continue: I hope the weather holds until after the school sports.) warten
    20) ((also hold the line) (of a person who is making a telephone call) to wait: Mr Brown is busy at the moment - will you hold or would you like him to call you back?) aushalten
    21) (to continue to sing: Please hold that note for four whole beats.) aufbewahren
    22) (to keep (something): They'll hold your luggage at the station until you collect it.) bringen
    23) ((of the future) to be going to produce: I wonder what the future holds for me?)
    2. noun
    1) (the act of holding: He caught/got/laid/took hold of the rope and pulled; Keep hold of that rope.) der Halt
    2) (power; influence: He has a strange hold over that girl.) die Gewalt
    3) ((in wrestling etc) a manner of holding one's opponent: The wrestler invented a new hold.) der Griff
    - -holder
    - hold-all
    - get hold of
    - hold back
    - hold down
    - hold forth
    - hold good
    - hold it
    - hold off
    - hold on
    - hold out
    - hold one's own
    - hold one's tongue
    - hold up
    - hold-up
    - hold with
    II [həuld] noun
    ((in ships) the place, below the deck, where cargo is stored.) der Schiffsraum
    * * *
    [həʊld, AM hoʊld]
    I. NOUN
    1. (grasp, grip) Halt m kein pl
    to catch [or grab] [or get [a]] [or take [a]] \hold of sb/sth jdn/etw ergreifen
    grab \hold of my hand and I'll pull you up nimm meine Hand und ich ziehe dich hoch
    I just managed to grab \hold of Lucy before she fell in the pool ich konnte Lucy gerade noch schnappen, bevor sie in den Pool fiel fam
    to keep \hold of sth etw festhalten
    sb loses \hold of sth jdm entgleitet etw
    sb loses \hold of the reins jdm gleiten die Zügel aus der Hand
    2. ( fig)
    to take \hold of sth custom, fashion auf etw akk überschwappen fam; fire, epidemic, disease auf etw akk übergreifen
    3. (esp climbing) Halt m kein pl
    it's a difficult mountain to climb as there aren't many \holds der Berg ist schwierig zu erklettern, weil in der Wand nicht viele Griffe sind
    to lose one's \hold den Halt verlieren
    4. (wrestling, martial arts) Griff m
    no \holds barred contest Wettbewerb, bei dem alle Griffe erlaubt sind
    to break free from sb's \hold sich akk aus jds Griff befreien
    to loosen one's \hold on sb/sth den Griff an jdm/etw lockern
    to release one's \hold on sb/sth jdn/etw loslassen
    to be on \hold in der Warteschleife sein
    to put sb on \hold jdn in die Warteschleife schalten
    his phone is engaged, can I put you on \hold? bei ihm ist besetzt, wollen Sie warten?
    6. (delay)
    to be on \hold auf Eis liegen fig
    to put sth on \hold etw auf Eis legen fig
    can we put this discussion on \hold until tomorrow? können wir diese Diskussion auf morgen verschieben?
    7. (control, influence) Kontrolle f
    the allies maintained their \hold on the port throughout the war die Alliierten hielten den Hafen während des gesamten Krieges besetzt
    get \hold of yourself! reiß dich zusammen! fam
    to lose one's \hold on life mit dem Leben nicht mehr fertigwerden
    to lose one's \hold on reality den Sinn für die Realität verlieren
    to have a [strong] \hold on [or over] sb [starken] Einfluss auf jdn haben
    he hasn't got any \hold over [or on] me er kann mir nichts anhaben
    no \holds barred ohne jegliches Tabu
    when he argues with his girlfriend there are no \holds barred wenn er mit seiner Freundin streitet, kennt er kein Pardon
    9. ( fig: find)
    to get \hold of sb/sth jdn/etw auftreiben fam
    I'll get \hold of some crockery for the picnic ich besorge Geschirr für das Picknick
    I'll get \hold of John if you phone the others wenn du die anderen anrufst, versuche ich, John zu erreichen
    to get \hold of information Informationen sammeln
    to get \hold of sth etw verstehen
    to get \hold of the wrong idea etw falsch verstehen
    don't get \hold of the wrong idea versteh mich nicht falsch
    the student already has a good \hold of the subject der Student weiß bereits recht gut über das Thema Bescheid
    11. FASHION of hairspray, mousse Halt m kein pl
    normal/strong/extra strong \hold normaler/starker/extrastarker Halt
    12. NAUT, AVIAT Frachtraum m
    13. COMPUT Halteimpuls m
    <held, held>
    1. (grasp, grip)
    to \hold sb/sth [tight [or tightly]] jdn/etw [fest]halten
    to \hold sb in one's arms jdn in den Armen halten
    to \hold the door open for sb jdm die Tür aufhalten
    to \hold a gun eine Waffe [in der Hand] halten
    to \hold hands Händchen halten fam
    to \hold sb's hand jds Hand halten
    to \hold sth in one's hand etw in der Hand halten
    to \hold one's nose sich dat die Nase zuhalten
    to \hold sth in place etw halten; AUTO
    to \hold the road eine gute Straßenlage haben
    the latest model \holds the road well when cornering das neueste Modell weist in den Kurven gutes Fahrverhalten auf
    to \hold one's sides with laughter sich dat die Seiten vor Lachen halten, sich akk vor Lachen krümmen
    to \hold sb/sth jdn/etw [aus]halten [o tragen]
    will the rope \hold my weight? wird das Seil mein Gewicht aushalten?
    to \hold one's head high ( fig) erhobenen Hauptes dastehen
    to \hold one's peace ( fig) den Mund halten fam
    to \hold oneself badly sich akk gehenlassen fam
    to \hold oneself in readiness sich akk bereithalten
    to \hold oneself upright sich akk gerade halten
    to \hold oneself well sich akk gut halten
    to \hold sb's attention [or interest] jdn fesseln
    to \hold sb [in custody]/hostage/prisoner jdn in Haft/als Geisel/gefangen halten
    to be able to \hold one's drink [or AM also liquor] Alkohol vertragen
    to \hold [on to] the lead in Führung bleiben
    to \hold sb to ransom jdn bis zur Zahlung eines Lösegelds gefangen halten
    to \hold one's course seinen Kurs [beibe]halten a. fig
    to \hold course for sth NAUT, AVIAT auf etw akk Kurs nehmen
    to \hold a note einen Ton halten
    to \hold the prices at an acceptable level die Preise auf einem vernünftigen Niveau halten
    to \hold one's serve SPORT den Aufschlag halten
    sth is \holding its value pictures, antiques etw behält seinen Wert
    to \hold sb to his/her word jdn beim Wort nehmen
    6. (delay, stop)
    to \hold sth etw zurückhalten
    we'll \hold lunch until you get here wir warten mit dem Essen, bis du hier bist
    will you \hold my calls for the next half hour, please? können Sie bitte die nächste halbe Stunde niemanden durchstellen?
    she's on the phone at the moment, will you \hold the line? sie spricht gerade, möchten Sie warten [o fam dranbleiben]?
    we'll \hold the front page until we have all the details wir halten die erste Seite frei, bis wir alle Einzelheiten haben
    \hold everything! (when sth occurs to sb) stopp!, warte!; (when sceptical) moment mal fam
    \hold it [right there]! stopp!
    ok, \hold it! PHOT gut, bleib so!
    to \hold sth in abeyance etw ruhenlassen
    to \hold one's breath die Luft anhalten
    he said he'd finish the report by tomorrow but I'm not \holding my breath ( fig) er sagte, er würde den Bericht bis morgen fertig machen, aber ich verlasse mich lieber nicht darauf
    to \hold one's fire MIL das Feuer einstellen, nicht gleich sein ganzes Pulver verschießen fig fam
    \hold your fire! nicht schießen!; ( fig)
    stop shouting at me and \hold your fire! hör auf mich anzubrüllen und reg dich ab! fam
    to \hold confiscated goods/a parcel konfiszierte Waren/ein Paket einbehalten
    to \hold sth bottle, glass, box etw fassen; COMPUT etw speichern
    one bag won't \hold all of the shopping der Einkauf passt nicht in eine Tüte
    this room \holds 40 people dieser Raum bietet 40 Personen Platz
    the CD rack \holds 100 CDs in den CD-Ständer passen 100 CDs
    my brain can't \hold so much information at one time ich kann mir nicht so viel auf einmal merken
    this hard disk \holds 13 gigabytes diese Festplatte hat ein Speichervolumen von 13 Gigabyte
    8. (involve)
    to \hold sth for sth für jdn mit etw dat verbunden sein
    fire seems to \hold a fascination for most people Feuer scheint auf die meisten Menschen eine Faszination auszuüben
    death \holds no fear for her der Tod macht ihr keine Angst
    sth \holds many disappointments/surprises etw hält viele Enttäuschungen/Überraschungen bereit
    to \hold land Land besitzen
    to \hold that... der Meinung sein, dass...
    * * *
    hold1 [həʊld] s FLUG, SCHIFF Lade-, Frachtraum m
    hold2 [həʊld]
    A s
    1. Halt m, Griff m:
    catch ( oder get, lay, seize, take) hold of sth etwas ergreifen oder in die Hand bekommen oder zu fassen bekommen oder umg erwischen;
    get hold of sb jemanden erwischen,;
    I couldn’t get hold of the money ich konnte das Geld nicht auftreiben;
    keep hold of festhalten;
    let go ( oder quit) one’s hold of sth etwas loslassen;
    miss one’s hold danebengreifen
    2. Halt m, Griff m, Stütze f:
    afford no hold keinen Halt bieten;
    lose one’s hold den Halt verlieren
    3. Ringen: Griff m:
    (with) no holds barred fig mit allen Mitteln oder Tricks;
    in politics no holds are barred fig in der Politik wird mit harten Bandagen gekämpft
    4. (on, over, of) Gewalt f, Macht f (über akk), Einfluss m (auf akk):
    get a hold on sb jemanden unter seinen Einfluss oder in seine Macht bekommen;
    get hold of o.s. sich in die Gewalt bekommen;
    have a (firm) hold on sb jemanden in seiner Gewalt haben, jemanden beherrschen;
    lose hold of o.s. die Fassung verlieren
    5. US Einhalt m:
    put a hold on sth etwas stoppen
    6. US Haft f, Gewahrsam m
    7. MUS Fermate f, Haltezeichen n
    8. Raumfahrt: Unterbrechung f des Countdown
    a) fig etwas auf Eis legen,
    b) TEL jemanden auf Warten schalten
    10. obs Festung f
    B v/t prät und pperf held [held], pperf JUR oder obs auch holden [ˈhəʊldən]
    1. (fest)halten:
    hold sb’s hand jemanden an der Hand halten;
    the goalkeeper failed to hold the ball (Fußball) der Torhüter konnte den Ball nicht festhalten
    2. sich die Nase, die Ohren zuhalten:
    hold one’s nose( ears)
    3. ein Gewicht etc tragen, (aus)halten
    4. (in einem Zustand etc) halten:
    hold o.s. erect sich gerade halten;
    hold (o.s.) ready (sich) bereithalten;
    the way he holds himself (so) wie er sich benimmt;
    with one’s head held high hoch erhobenen Hauptes
    5. (zurück-, ein)behalten:
    hold the shipment die Sendung zurück(be)halten;
    hold the mustard (im Restaurant etc) bes US (bitte) ohne Senf
    6. zurück-, abhalten ( beide:
    from von), an-, aufhalten, im Zaume halten, zügeln:
    hold sb from doing sth jemanden davon abhalten, etwas zu tun;
    there is no holding him er ist nicht zu halten oder zu bändigen oder zu bremsen;
    hold the enemy den Feind aufhalten
    7. US
    a) festnehmen:
    b) in Haft halten
    8. SPORT sich erfolgreich gegen einen Gegner verteidigen
    9. jemanden festlegen (to auf akk):
    hold sb to his word jemanden beim Wort nehmen
    10. a) Wahlen, eine Versammlung, eine Pressekonferenz etc abhalten
    b) ein Fest etc veranstalten
    c) eine Rede halten
    d) SPORT eine Meisterschaft etc austragen
    11. einen Kurs etc beibehalten:
    hold prices at the same level die Preise (auf dem gleichen Niveau) halten;
    hold the pace SPORT das Tempo halten
    12. Alkohol vertragen:
    hold one’s liquor ( oder drink) well eine ganze Menge vertragen;
    he can’t hold his liquor er verträgt nichts
    13. a) MIL und fig eine Stellung halten, behaupten:
    hold one’s own (with) sich behaupten (gegen), bestehen (neben);
    hold the stage fig die Szene beherrschen, im Mittelpunkt stehen (Person); fort 1, ground1 A 7, stage A 3
    b) Tennis: seinen Aufschlag halten, durchbringen
    14. innehaben:
    a) Land, Rechte etc besitzen: account C 1
    b) ein Amt etc bekleiden
    15. einen Platz etc einnehmen, (inne)haben, einen Rekord halten:
    hold an academic degree einen akademischen Titel führen
    16. fassen:
    a) enthalten:
    b) Platz bieten für, unterbringen:
    this hall holds 800 in diesen Saal gehen 800 Personen
    17. enthalten, fig auch zum Inhalt haben:
    the room holds period furniture das Zimmer ist mit Stilmöbeln eingerichtet;
    the place holds many memories der Ort ist voll von Erinnerungen;
    each picture holds a memory mit jedem Bild ist eine Erinnerung verbunden;
    it holds no pleasure for him er findet kein Vergnügen daran;
    life holds many surprises das Leben ist voller Überraschungen
    18. Bewunderung, Sympathie etc hegen, haben ( beide:
    for für):
    hold no prejudice kein Vorurteil haben
    19. behaupten:
    hold (the view) that … die Ansicht vertreten oder der Ansicht sein, dass …
    20. halten für, betrachten als:
    I hold him to be a fool ich halte ihn für einen Narren;
    it is held to be wise man hält es für klug ( to do zu tun)
    21. halten:
    hold sb dear jemanden lieb haben;
    hold sb responsible jemanden verantwortlich machen; contempt 1, esteem B
    22. besonders JUR entscheiden ( that dass)
    23. die Zuhörer etc fesseln, in Spannung halten:
    hold sb’s attention jemandes Aufmerksamkeit fesseln oder wachhalten
    24. US ein Hotelzimmer etc reservieren
    25. hold to US beschränken auf (akk)
    a) jemandem etwas vorhalten oder vorwerfen,
    b) jemandem etwas übel nehmen oder nachtragen
    27. US jemandem (aus)reichen:
    28. MUS einen Ton (aus)halten
    29. hold sth over sb jemanden mit etwas einschüchtern oder erpressen
    C v/i
    1. halten, nicht (zer)reißen oder (zer)brechen
    2. stand-, aushalten, sich halten
    3. (sich) festhalten (by, to an dat)
    4. bleiben:
    hold on one’s course seinen Kurs weiterverfolgen;
    hold on one’s way seinen Weg weitergehen;
    hold onto hold on 1, 2, 7; fast2 B
    5. sich verhalten:
    hold still stillhalten
    6. sein Recht ableiten (of, from von)
    7. auch hold good (weiterhin) gelten, gültig sein oder bleiben:
    the rule holds of ( oder in) all cases die Regel gilt in allen Fällen
    8. anhalten, andauern:
    my luck held das Glück blieb mir treu
    9. einhalten:
    hold! halt!
    10. hold by ( oder to) jemandem od einer Sache treu bleiben
    a) übereinstimmen mit,
    b) einverstanden sein mit
    12. stattfinden
    * * *
    I noun
    (of ship) Laderaum, der; (of aircraft) Frachtraum, der
    II 1. transitive verb,
    1) (grasp) halten; (carry) tragen; (keep fast) festhalten
    2) (support) [tragendes Teil:] halten, stützen, tragen [Decke, Dach usw.]; aufnehmen [Gewicht, Kraft]
    4) (grasp to control) halten [Kind, Hund, Zügel]

    hold oneself ready or in readiness — sich bereit od. in Bereitschaft halten

    hold one's head high(fig.) (be confident) selbstbewusst sein od. auftreten; (be proud) den Kopf hoch tragen

    6) (contain) enthalten; bergen [Gefahr, Geheimnis]; (be able to contain) fassen [Liter, Personen usw.]

    the room holds ten people — in dem Raum haben 10 Leute Platz; der Raum bietet 10 Leuten Platz

    hold water[Behälter:] wasserdicht sein; Wasser halten; (fig.) [Argument, Theorie:] stichhaltig sein, hieb- und stichfest sein

    he can/can't hold his drink or liquor — er kann etwas/nichts vertragen

    8) (possess) besitzen; haben
    9) (have gained) halten [Rekord]; haben [Diplom, Doktorgrad]
    10) (keep possession of) halten [Stützpunkt, Stadt, Stellung]; (Mus.): (sustain) [aus]halten [Ton]

    hold one's own(fig.) sich behaupten

    hold one's position(fig.) auf seinem Standpunkt beharren

    11) (occupy) innehaben, (geh.) bekleiden [Posten, Amt, Stellung]

    hold the line(Teleph.) am Apparat bleiben

    12) (engross) fesseln, (geh.) gefangen halten [Aufmerksamkeit, Publikum]

    hold the ladder steady — die Leiter festhalten; see also bay III 1.; ransom 1.

    14) (detain) (in custody) in Haft halten, festhalten; (imprison) festsetzen; inhaftieren; (arrest) festnehmen

    hold somebody to the terms of the contract/to a promise — darauf bestehen, dass jemand sich an die Vertragsbestimmungen hält/dass jemand ein Versprechen hält od. einlöst

    16) (Sport): (restrict)

    hold one's opponent [to a draw] — ein Unentschieden [gegen den Gegner] halten od. verteidigen

    17) (cause to take place) stattfinden lassen; abhalten [Veranstaltung, Konferenz, Gottesdienst, Sitzung, Prüfung]; veranstalten [Festival, Auktion]; austragen [Meisterschaften]; führen [Unterhaltung, Gespräch, Korrespondenz]; durchführen [Untersuchung]; geben [Empfang]; halten [Vortrag, Rede]
    18) (restrain) [fest]halten

    hold one's fire — [noch] nicht schießen; (fig.): (refrain from criticism) mit seiner Kritik zurückhalten

    19) (coll.): (withhold) zurückhalten

    hold it! — [einen] Moment mal!; see also horse 1)

    20) (think, believe)

    hold a view or an opinion — eine Ansicht haben (on über + Akk.)

    hold that... — dafürhalten, dass...; der Ansicht sein, dass...

    hold somebody/oneself guilty/blameless — jemanden/sich für schuldig/unschuldig halten ( for an + Dat.)

    hold something against somebody — jemandem etwas vorwerfen; see also dear 1. 1); responsible 1)

    2. intransitive verb,
    1) (not give way) [Seil, Nagel, Anker, Schloss, Angeklebtes:] halten; [Damm:] [stand]halten
    2) (remain unchanged) anhalten; [an]dauern; [Wetter:] sich halten, so bleiben; [Angebot, Versprechen:] gelten

    hold to something — bei etwas bleiben; an etwas (Dat.) festhalten

    hold [good or true] — gelten; Gültigkeit haben

    3. noun
    1) (grasp) Griff, der

    grab or seize hold of something — etwas ergreifen

    get or lay or take hold of something — etwas fassen od. packen

    take hold(fig.) sich durchsetzen; [Krankheit:] fortschreiten

    get hold of something(fig.) etwas bekommen od. auftreiben

    get hold of somebody(fig.) jemanden erreichen

    have a hold over somebody — jemanden in der Hand halten; see also catch 1. 1)

    2) (influence) Einfluss, der (on, over auf + Akk.)
    3) (Sport) Griff, der

    there are no holds barred(fig.) alles ist erlaubt

    4) (thing to hold by) Griff, der
    5)

    put on holdauf Eis legen [Plan, Programm]

    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    (keep) something in suspense expr.
    etwas in der Schwebe halten ausdr.
    im ungewissen lassen ausdr. (point) something out to someone expr.
    jemandem etwas entgegenhalten ausdr. (a meeting, etc.) v.
    abhalten (Treffen, Versammlung) v. (possess) v.
    innehaben v. v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: held)
    = abhalten (Treffen) v.
    beibehalten v.
    bereithalten v.
    enthalten v.
    festhalten v.
    halten v.
    (§ p.,pp.: hielt, gehalten)

    English-german dictionary > hold

  • 94 Á

    * * *
    a negative suffix to verbs, not;
    era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.
    * * *
    1.
    á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]
    With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Loc.
    I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.
    II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.
    2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).
    3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.
    4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.
    III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).
    B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:
    I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.
    II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.
    III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.
    IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
    C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:
    I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.
    2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.
    3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.
    II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.
    III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.
    IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’
    2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.
    V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.
    VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.
    VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.
    VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
    WITH ACC.
    A. Loc.
    I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.
    2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.
    3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.
    II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:
    1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.
    2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.
    III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.
    IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.
    V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.
    VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.
    VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.
    B. TEMP.
    I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.
    II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.
    III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.
    IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.
    V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.
    VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.
    VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
    C. Metaph. and in various relations:
    I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.
    β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.
    II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:
    1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.
    2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.
    3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.
    β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.
    III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.
    IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:
    1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.
    2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.
    3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.
    V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.
    VI. connected with nouns,
    1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.
    2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.
    3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.
    VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
    2.
    f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
    COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

  • 95 hold

    I
    1. həuld past tense, past participle - held; verb
    1) (to have in one's hand(s) or between one's hands: He was holding a knife; Hold that dish with both hands; He held the little boy's hand; He held the mouse by its tail.) tener en las manos, agarrar, asir
    2) (to have in a part, or between parts, of the body, or between parts of a tool etc: He held the pencil in his teeth; She was holding a pile of books in her arms; Hold the stamp with tweezers.) tener; aguantar
    3) (to support or keep from moving, running away, falling etc: What holds that shelf up?; He held the door closed by leaning against it; Hold your hands above your head; Hold his arms so that he can't struggle.) aguantar, soportar
    4) (to remain in position, fixed etc when under strain: I've tied the two pieces of string together, but I'm not sure the knot will hold; Will the anchor hold in a storm?) aguantar
    5) (to keep (a person) in some place or in one's power: The police are holding a man for questioning in connection with the murder; He was held captive.) detener, retener
    6) (to (be able to) contain: This jug holds two pints; You can't hold water in a handkerchief; This drawer holds all my shirts.) tener (una)capacidad de, contener
    7) (to cause to take place: The meeting will be held next week; We'll hold the meeting in the hall.) tener lugar, celebrar, organizar
    8) (to keep (oneself), or to be, in a particular state or condition: We'll hold ourselves in readiness in case you send for us; She holds herself very erect.) mantenerse
    9) (to have or be in (a job etc): He held the position of company secretary for five years.) ocupar, desempeñar, ejercer
    10) (to think strongly; to believe; to consider or regard: I hold that this was the right decision; He holds me (to be) responsible for everyone's mistakes; He is held in great respect; He holds certain very odd beliefs.) creer, considerar, estar seguro
    11) (to continue to be valid or apply: Our offer will hold until next week; These rules hold under all circumstances.) ser válido, tener validez
    12) ((with to) to force (a person) to do something he has promised to do: I intend to hold him to his promises.) hacer cumplir
    13) (to defend: They held the castle against the enemy.) defender
    14) (not to be beaten by: The general realized that the soldiers could not hold the enemy for long.) resistir (frente)
    15) (to keep (a person's attention): If you can't hold your pupils' attention, you can't be a good teacher.) mantener
    16) (to keep someone in a certain state: Don't hold us in suspense, what was the final decision?) tener
    17) (to celebrate: The festival is held on 24 June.) tener lugar, celebrarse
    18) (to be the owner of: He holds shares in this company.) poseer, tener
    19) ((of good weather) to continue: I hope the weather holds until after the school sports.) mantenerse, aguantar
    20) ((also hold the line) (of a person who is making a telephone call) to wait: Mr Brown is busy at the moment - will you hold or would you like him to call you back?) esperar, aguardar
    21) (to continue to sing: Please hold that note for four whole beats.) aguantar
    22) (to keep (something): They'll hold your luggage at the station until you collect it.) guardar
    23) ((of the future) to be going to produce: I wonder what the future holds for me?) deparar

    2. noun
    1) (the act of holding: He caught/got/laid/took hold of the rope and pulled; Keep hold of that rope.) control; asimiento
    2) (power; influence: He has a strange hold over that girl.) dominio, influencia
    3) ((in wrestling etc) a manner of holding one's opponent: The wrestler invented a new hold.) llave
    - - holder
    - hold-all
    - get hold of
    - hold back
    - hold down
    - hold forth
    - hold good
    - hold it
    - hold off
    - hold on
    - hold out
    - hold one's own
    - hold one's tongue
    - hold up
    - hold-up
    - hold with

    II həuld noun
    ((in ships) the place, below the deck, where cargo is stored.) bodega
    hold1 n bodega
    to get hold of something coger algo / agarrar algo
    hold2 vb
    1. sostener / tener en la mano
    can you hold my camera, please? ¿me aguantas la cámara, por favor?
    2. coger / sujetar
    hold it tight! ¡sujétalo fuerte!
    3. tener una capacidad / tener cabida
    the stadium holds 100,000 people el estadio tiene cabida para 100.000 personas
    4. celebrar / dar
    5. tener / ocupar
    tr[həʊld]
    1 (grip) asimiento
    2 (place to grip) asidero
    3 (in ship, plane) bodega
    4 (control) autoridad nombre femenino, control nombre masculino; (influence) influencia
    transitive verb (pt & pp held tr[held])
    1 (keep in one's hand) aguantar, sostener; (grip tightly) agarrar; (support) soportar, aguantar
    3 (contain) dar cabida a, tener capacidad para
    4 figurative use deparar
    I don't know what the future holds for me no sé lo que el futuro me deparará, no sé lo que me espera en el futuro
    5 (meeting) celebrar; (conversation) mantener
    6 (think) creer, considerar
    7 (keep) guardar
    1 (withstand attack, pressure) resistir
    2 (remain true) seguir siendo válido,-a
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    to catch hold of agarrar, asir, coger
    to get hold of (grab) agarrar, asir, coger 2 (obtain) hacerse con, encontrar, localizar
    wait till I get hold of you! ¡espera a que te coja!
    to hold one's head high llevar bien alta la cabeza
    to hold somebody abrazar a alguien
    to hold somebody's hand cogerle la mano a alguien
    to hold the road SMALLAUTOMOBILES/SMALL agarrarse a la carretera
    hold ['ho:ld] v, held ['hɛld] ; holding vt
    1) possess: tener
    to hold office: ocupar un puesto
    2) restrain: detener, controlar
    to hold one's temper: controlar su mal genio
    3) clasp, grasp: agarrar, coger
    to hold hands: agarrarse de la mano
    4) : sujetar, mantener fijo
    hold this nail for me: sujétame este clavo
    5) contain: contener, dar cabida a
    6) support: aguantar, sostener
    7) regard: considerar, tener
    he held me responsible: me consideró responsable
    8) conduct: celebrar (una reunión), realizar (un evento), mantener (una conversación)
    hold vi
    1) : aguantar, resistir
    the rope will hold: la cuerda resistirá
    2) : ser válido, valer
    my offer still holds: mi oferta todavía es válida
    3)
    to hold forth : perorar, arengar
    4)
    to hold to : mantenerse firme en
    5)
    to hold with : estar de acuerdo con
    hold n
    1) grip: agarre m, llave f (en deportes)
    2) control: control m, dominio m
    3) delay: demora f
    to put on hold: suspender temporalmente
    4) : bodega f (en un barco o un avión)
    5)
    to get hold of : conseguir, localizar
    adj.
    retenido, -a adj.
    n.
    agarradero s.m.
    agarre s.m.
    agarro s.m.
    apresamiento s.m.
    arraigo s.m.
    mango s.m.
    retención s.f. (To contain)
    v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: held) = caber v.
    (§pres: quepo, cabes...) pret: cup-
    fut/c: cabr-•) (To fit)
    v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: held) = adherir v. (To hold back)
    v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: held) = detener v.
    (§pres: -tengo, -tienes...-tenemos) pret: -tuv-
    fut/c: -tendr-•)
    v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: held) = contener v.
    (§pres: -tengo, -tienes...-tenemos) pret: -tuv-
    fut/c: -tendr-•)
    mantener v.
    (§pres: -tengo, -tienes...-tenemos) pret: -tuv-
    fut/c: -tendr-•)
    retener v.
    (§pres: -tengo, -tienes...-tenemos) pret: -tuv-
    fut/c: -tendr-•)
    soportar v.
    sostener v.
    (§pres: -tengo, -tienes...-tenemos) pret: -tuv-
    fut/c: -tendr-•)
    sujetar v.
    tener v.
    (§pres: tengo, tienes...tenemos) pret: tuv-
    fut/c: tendr-•)

    I
    1. həʊld
    (past & past p held) transitive verb
    1)

    will you hold this for me? — ¿me puedes tener or (esp AmL) agarrar esto por favor?

    b) ( clasp)

    hold it with both handssujétalo or (esp AmL) agárralo con las dos manos

    he was holding her handla tenía agarrada or (esp Esp) cogida de la mano

    hold me tight — abrázame fuerte; own III

    c) ( grip) ( Auto) agarrar, adherirse*

    vehicles which hold the road wellvehículos de buen agarre or que se agarran bien a la carretera

    2)
    a) (support, bear) sostener*, aguantar

    to hold oneself erect — mantenerse* erguido

    b) ( have room for) \<\<cup/jug\>\> tener* una capacidad de; \<\<stadium\>\> tener* capacidad or cabida para
    c) ( contain) contener*

    to hold one's liquor o (BrE) drink — ser* de buen beber, aguantar bien la bebida or (fam) el trago

    d) ( have in store) deparar
    3)
    a) ( keep in position) sujetar, sostener*
    b) ( maintain) \<\<attention/interest\>\> mantener*
    4)
    a) ( keep) \<\<tickets/room\>\> reservar, guardar

    I will hold the money until... — yo me quedaré con el dinero hasta...

    b) (detain, imprison)
    c) ( restrain) detener*

    once she decides to do something, there's no holding her — una vez que decide hacer algo, no hay nada que la detenga

    d) ( control) \<\<troops/rebels\>\> ocupar
    5)
    a) ( have) \<\<passport/ticket/permit\>\> tener*, estar* en posesión de (frml); \<\<degree/shares/property\>\> tener*; \<\<record\>\> ostentar, tener*; \<\<post/position\>\> tener*, ocupar

    he holds the view that... — sostiene que or mantiene que..., es de la opinión de que...

    b) ( consider) considerar; ( assert) sostener*, mantener*

    to hold somebody in high esteem — tener* a alguien en mucha or gran estima

    to hold somebody responsible for something — responsabilizar* a alguien de algo

    c) ( conduct) \<\<meeting/elections\>\> celebrar, llevar a cabo; \<\<demonstration\>\> hacer*; \<\<party\>\> dar*; \<\<conversation\>\> mantener*
    6)
    a) ( stop)
    b) ( omit) (AmE)

    I'll have a hamburger, but hold the mustard — para mí una hamburguesa, pero sin mostaza


    2.
    vi
    1) (clasp, grip)
    2)
    a) ( stay firm) \<\<rope/door\>\> aguantar, resistir
    b) ( continue) \<\<weather\>\> seguir* or continuar* bueno, mantenerse*
    3) ( be true) \<\<idea/analogy\>\> ser* válido
    Phrasal Verbs:

    II
    1) u
    a) (grip, grasp)

    to catch o grab o take hold (of something) — agarrar (algo), coger* (algo) (esp Esp); ( so as not to fall etc) agarrarse or asirse (de or a algo)

    to keep hold of something — no soltar* algo

    to get hold of somebody — localizar* or (AmL tb) ubicar* a alguien

    to get hold of something — ( manage to get) conseguir* algo

    where did you get hold of the idea that... ? — ¿de dónde has sacado la idea de que... ?

    b) ( control)

    to keep a firm hold on something — mantener* algo bajo riguroso control

    to get a hold of o on oneself — controlarse

    c) (TV)

    horizontal/vertical hold — control m de imagen horizontal/vertical

    2) c
    a) (in wrestling, judo) llave f

    with no holds barredsin ningún tipo de restricciones

    b) ( in mountaineering) asidero m
    3) c (delay, pause) demora f

    to be on hold\<\<negotiations\>\> estar* en compás de espera; \<\<project\>\> estar* aparcado or en suspenso

    to put something on hold\<\<project\>\> dejar algo aparcado or en suspenso

    4) c (of ship, aircraft) bodega f
    [hǝʊld] (vb: pt, pp held)
    1. N
    1) (=grasp) agarro m, asimiento m

    to catch hold of — coger, agarrar (LAm)

    catch hold! — ¡toma!

    to get hold of — coger, agarrar (LAm); (fig) (=take over) adquirir, apoderarse de; (=obtain) procurarse, conseguir

    where can I get hold of some red paint? — ¿dónde puedo conseguir pintura roja?

    where did you get hold of that? — ¿dónde has adquirido eso?

    where did you get hold of that idea? — ¿de dónde te salió esa idea?

    to get hold of sb — (fig) (=contact) localizar a algn

    to get (a) hold of o.s. — (fig) dominarse

    to have hold of — estar agarrado a

    to keep hold of — seguir agarrado a; (fig) guardar para sí

    to lay hold of — coger, agarrar (LAm)

    on hold, to be on hold — (Telec) estar en espera

    to put sb on hold — (Telec) poner a algn en espera

    to relax one's hold — desasirse (on de)

    to seize hold of — apoderarse de

    to take hold of — coger, agarrar (LAm)

    2) (Mountaineering) asidero m
    3) (Wrestling) presa f, llave f

    with no holds barred — (fig) sin restricción, permitiéndose todo

    4) (fig) (=control, influence) (exerted by person) influencia f, dominio m (on, over sobre); (exerted by habit) arraigo m (on, over en)

    to gain a firm hold over sb — llegar a dominar a algn

    to have a hold on or over sb — dominar a algn, tener dominado a algn

    drink has a hold on him — la bebida está muy arraigada en él, está atrapado por la bebida

    5) (Aer, Naut) bodega f, compartimento m de carga
    2. VT
    1) (=grasp) tener; (=grasp firmly) sujetar; (=take hold of) coger, agarrar (LAm); (=embrace) abrazar

    she came in holding a baby/bunch of flowers — entró con un niño en brazos/con un ramo de flores en las manos

    he was holding her in his arms (romantically) la tenía entre sus brazos

    to hold sth in placesujetar algo en un lugar

    to hold sth tightagarrar algo fuertemente

    nose 1., 1)
    2) (=maintain, keep) [+ attention, interest] mantener; [+ belief, opinion] tener, sostener; [+ note] sostener

    can he hold an audience? — ¿sabe mantener el interés de un público?

    to hold one's head high — mantenerse firme

    to hold the line — (Telec) no colgar

    to hold one's owndefenderse

    to hold sb to his promisehacer que algn cumpla su promesa

    this car holds the road well — este coche se agarra muy bien

    he held us spellboundnos tuvo embelesados

    to hold o.s. uprightmantenerse recto

    3) (=keep back) retener, guardar

    "hold for arrival" — (US) (on letters) "no reexpedir", "reténgase"

    4) (=check, restrain) [+ enemy, breath] contener

    hold it! — ¡para!, ¡espera!

    hold everything! — ¡que se pare todo!

    to hold sb prisonertener preso a algn

    to hold one's tongue — morderse la lengua, callarse la boca

    5) (=possess) [+ post, town, lands] ocupar; [+ passport, ticket, shares, title] tener; (Econ) [+ reserves] tener en reserva, tener guardado; [+ record] ostentar; (Mil) [+ position] mantenerse en

    to hold the fort — (fig) quedarse a cargo

    he holds the key to the mystery — él tiene la clave del misterio

    to hold office — (Pol) ocupar un cargo

    to hold the stage — (fig) dominar la escena

    6) (=contain) contener, tener capacidad or cabida para

    this stadium holds 10,000 people — este estadio tiene capacidad or cabida para 10.000 personas

    what does the future hold? — ¿qué nos reserva el futuro?

    7) (=carry on) [+ conversation] mantener; [+ interview, meeting, election] celebrar; [+ event] realizar; (formally) celebrar

    the meeting will be held on Monday — se celebrará la reunión el lunes, la reunión tendrá lugar el lunes

    to hold a mass — (Rel) celebrar una misa

    8) (=consider, believe) creer, sostener

    to hold that... — creer que..., sostener que...

    I hold that... — yo creo or sostengo que...

    it is held by some that... — hay quien cree que...

    to hold sth dearapreciar mucho algo

    to hold sb dearquerer or apreciar mucho a algn

    to hold sb in high esteemtener a algn en gran or alta estima

    to hold sb guiltyjuzgar a algn culpable

    to hold sb in respecttener respeto a algn

    to hold sb responsible for sth — echar la culpa a algn de algo, hacer a algn responsable de algo

    to hold sth to be truecreer que algo es verdad

    peace 1.
    9) (=bear weight of) soportar
    3. VI
    1) (=stick) pegarse; (=not give way) mantenerse firme, resistir; [weather] continuar, seguir bueno

    to hold firm or fastmantenerse firme

    2) (=be valid) valer, ser valedero
    3) (Telec)

    please hold — no cuelge, por favor

    * * *

    I
    1. [həʊld]
    (past & past p held) transitive verb
    1)

    will you hold this for me? — ¿me puedes tener or (esp AmL) agarrar esto por favor?

    b) ( clasp)

    hold it with both handssujétalo or (esp AmL) agárralo con las dos manos

    he was holding her handla tenía agarrada or (esp Esp) cogida de la mano

    hold me tight — abrázame fuerte; own III

    c) ( grip) ( Auto) agarrar, adherirse*

    vehicles which hold the road wellvehículos de buen agarre or que se agarran bien a la carretera

    2)
    a) (support, bear) sostener*, aguantar

    to hold oneself erect — mantenerse* erguido

    b) ( have room for) \<\<cup/jug\>\> tener* una capacidad de; \<\<stadium\>\> tener* capacidad or cabida para
    c) ( contain) contener*

    to hold one's liquor o (BrE) drink — ser* de buen beber, aguantar bien la bebida or (fam) el trago

    d) ( have in store) deparar
    3)
    a) ( keep in position) sujetar, sostener*
    b) ( maintain) \<\<attention/interest\>\> mantener*
    4)
    a) ( keep) \<\<tickets/room\>\> reservar, guardar

    I will hold the money until... — yo me quedaré con el dinero hasta...

    b) (detain, imprison)
    c) ( restrain) detener*

    once she decides to do something, there's no holding her — una vez que decide hacer algo, no hay nada que la detenga

    d) ( control) \<\<troops/rebels\>\> ocupar
    5)
    a) ( have) \<\<passport/ticket/permit\>\> tener*, estar* en posesión de (frml); \<\<degree/shares/property\>\> tener*; \<\<record\>\> ostentar, tener*; \<\<post/position\>\> tener*, ocupar

    he holds the view that... — sostiene que or mantiene que..., es de la opinión de que...

    b) ( consider) considerar; ( assert) sostener*, mantener*

    to hold somebody in high esteem — tener* a alguien en mucha or gran estima

    to hold somebody responsible for something — responsabilizar* a alguien de algo

    c) ( conduct) \<\<meeting/elections\>\> celebrar, llevar a cabo; \<\<demonstration\>\> hacer*; \<\<party\>\> dar*; \<\<conversation\>\> mantener*
    6)
    a) ( stop)
    b) ( omit) (AmE)

    I'll have a hamburger, but hold the mustard — para mí una hamburguesa, pero sin mostaza


    2.
    vi
    1) (clasp, grip)
    2)
    a) ( stay firm) \<\<rope/door\>\> aguantar, resistir
    b) ( continue) \<\<weather\>\> seguir* or continuar* bueno, mantenerse*
    3) ( be true) \<\<idea/analogy\>\> ser* válido
    Phrasal Verbs:

    II
    1) u
    a) (grip, grasp)

    to catch o grab o take hold (of something) — agarrar (algo), coger* (algo) (esp Esp); ( so as not to fall etc) agarrarse or asirse (de or a algo)

    to keep hold of something — no soltar* algo

    to get hold of somebody — localizar* or (AmL tb) ubicar* a alguien

    to get hold of something — ( manage to get) conseguir* algo

    where did you get hold of the idea that... ? — ¿de dónde has sacado la idea de que... ?

    b) ( control)

    to keep a firm hold on something — mantener* algo bajo riguroso control

    to get a hold of o on oneself — controlarse

    c) (TV)

    horizontal/vertical hold — control m de imagen horizontal/vertical

    2) c
    a) (in wrestling, judo) llave f

    with no holds barredsin ningún tipo de restricciones

    b) ( in mountaineering) asidero m
    3) c (delay, pause) demora f

    to be on hold\<\<negotiations\>\> estar* en compás de espera; \<\<project\>\> estar* aparcado or en suspenso

    to put something on hold\<\<project\>\> dejar algo aparcado or en suspenso

    4) c (of ship, aircraft) bodega f

    English-spanish dictionary > hold

  • 96 authority

    [o:'Ɵorəti]
    plural - authorities; noun
    1) (the power or right to do something: He gave me authority to act on his behalf.) myndighed; autoritet
    2) (a person who is an expert, or a book that can be referred to, on a particular subject: He is an authority on Roman history.) ekspert; autoritet
    3) ((usually in plural) the person or people who have power in an administration etc: The authorities would not allow public meetings.) myndigheder
    4) (a natural quality in a person which makes him able to control and influence people: a man of authority.) respekt; autoritet
    - authoritative
    * * *
    [o:'Ɵorəti]
    plural - authorities; noun
    1) (the power or right to do something: He gave me authority to act on his behalf.) myndighed; autoritet
    2) (a person who is an expert, or a book that can be referred to, on a particular subject: He is an authority on Roman history.) ekspert; autoritet
    3) ((usually in plural) the person or people who have power in an administration etc: The authorities would not allow public meetings.) myndigheder
    4) (a natural quality in a person which makes him able to control and influence people: a man of authority.) respekt; autoritet
    - authoritative

    English-Danish dictionary > authority

  • 97 apoyo

    m.
    2 hold, support, stay, buttress.
    3 help, co-operation, assistance, cooperation.
    4 supporter, person who lends support, backer, prop.
    5 crutch.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: apoyar.
    * * *
    1 support
    2 figurado support, backing, help
    * * *
    noun m.
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=ayuda) support

    apoyo psicológico — counselling, counseling (EEUU)

    2) [a una propuesta, idea] support, backing
    3) (=apoyatura) support
    * * *
    masculino support
    * * *
    = backing, endorsement, support, advocacy, prop, escort, anchor, anchor point, supportiveness, sustainment, a shoulder to cry on, backup [back-up], buttress.
    Ex. Thus the scheme has a sound organisational backing.
    Ex. The project was given endorsement by the Standing Committees of the IFLA Section on Cataloguing and the then Section on Mechanization.
    Ex. BSO was prepared by the International Federation for Documentation with the support of UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization), and was published in 1978/79.
    Ex. However, what American libraries mean by advocacy is 'Work to overcome obstacles that the enquirer encounters in trying to secure help from outside resource agencies'.
    Ex. The main props to any retrospective bibliography must be a well formed national library which has a long history of collecting the records of a nation's culture.
    Ex. Escort can be seen as part of the referral process or as a separate activity of accompanying a client to ensure that the person reaches the source of help.
    Ex. This format can provide an anchor for instructional designers attempting to come to terms with the vast potential of hypertext and hypermedia.
    Ex. This article stresses the importance of the library as a permanent anchor point for the local community.
    Ex. Percentage of books in a discipline charged out by students majoring in other disciplines was defined as the ' supportiveness' of that discipline.
    Ex. America's present need is not heroics, but healing; not nostrums, but normalcy; not experiment, but equipoise; not submergence in internationality, but sustainment in triumphant nationality.
    Ex. I recalled how bereft we felt when we lost our son and how friends and neighbours rallied round and offered a shoulder to cry on.
    Ex. The aggressiveness of a number of publications on this subject, replete with their accusations without any backup, can be interpreted as settling of scores.
    Ex. They used schools as a buttress of a caste system designed to subordinate blacks socially, to cramp them economically under a rigid job ceiling.
    ----
    * administrativo de apoyo = clerical employee.
    * apoyo administrativo = administrative support.
    * apoyo a la toma de decisiones = decision support.
    * apoyo del personal = staff support.
    * apoyo económico = financial support, financial backing.
    * apoyo estatal = state support.
    * apoyo financiero = financial backing.
    * apoyo moral = moral support.
    * apoyo mutuo = mutual support.
    * apoyo para los pies = footrest.
    * apoyo técnico = service support, technical support, product support, tech support.
    * apoyo técnico de aplicaciones informáticas = software support.
    * buscar apoyo = line up + support.
    * buscar el apoyo de = woo.
    * carta de apoyo = letter of support.
    * centro de apoyo a los programas de estudios = curriculum material center.
    * clases de apoyo = remedial teaching.
    * como apoyo a = in support of.
    * conseguir apoyo = mobilise + support, win + support, line up + support, gain + support.
    * contar con apoyo para = have + support for.
    * contar con el apoyo de Alguien = have + Nombre + behind + Pronombre.
    * contar con el apoyo necesario para = have + the power behind to.
    * crear apoyo = build + support.
    * dar apoyo = give + support, support, provide + support.
    * de apoyo = enabling, supportive.
    * destreza de apoyo = ancillary skill.
    * educación de apoyo = remedial education.
    * en apoyo a = in support of.
    * estructura de apoyo = support structure.
    * fomentar apoyo = build + support.
    * ganarse el apoyo = earn + support.
    * grupo de apoyo = interest group, support group.
    * herramienta de apoyo = enabler.
    * material didáctico de apoyo = study aide.
    * mecanismo de apoyo = enabler.
    * merecer apoyo = be deserving of support.
    * ofrecer apoyo = support, provide + support, rally (a)round, rally behind.
    * personal administrativo de apoyo = clerical staff, clerical worker, clerical personnel.
    * personal de apoyo = paraprofessional staff, support staff.
    * personal de apoyo bibliotecario = library support staff.
    * personal técnico de apoyo = support staff.
    * prestar apoyo = lend + support, support.
    * prestar apoyo a = go to + bat for, bat for.
    * proporcionar apoyo = provide + support, support.
    * punto de apoyo = foothold.
    * que actúa de apoyo = supporting, supporting.
    * recabar apoyo = garner + support.
    * recibir apoyo = receive + support, attract + support.
    * redirigir el apoyo = divert + support.
    * ser un gran apoyo = be a tower of strength.
    * servicio auxiliar de apoyo familiar = respite care.
    * servicio de apoyo = backup service, support service.
    * servir de apoyo a = inform.
    * sin apoyo = unsupported.
    * sistema de apoyo a la toma de decisiones = decision support system, decision making system.
    * solicitar apoyo = canvass + support.
    * técnica de apoyo = enabling skill.
    * tecnología de apoyo = enabling technology.
    * trabajo administrativo de apoyo = clerical work.
    * trabajo de apoyo = escort work.
    * * *
    masculino support
    * * *
    = backing, endorsement, support, advocacy, prop, escort, anchor, anchor point, supportiveness, sustainment, a shoulder to cry on, backup [back-up], buttress.

    Ex: Thus the scheme has a sound organisational backing.

    Ex: The project was given endorsement by the Standing Committees of the IFLA Section on Cataloguing and the then Section on Mechanization.
    Ex: BSO was prepared by the International Federation for Documentation with the support of UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization), and was published in 1978/79.
    Ex: However, what American libraries mean by advocacy is 'Work to overcome obstacles that the enquirer encounters in trying to secure help from outside resource agencies'.
    Ex: The main props to any retrospective bibliography must be a well formed national library which has a long history of collecting the records of a nation's culture.
    Ex: Escort can be seen as part of the referral process or as a separate activity of accompanying a client to ensure that the person reaches the source of help.
    Ex: This format can provide an anchor for instructional designers attempting to come to terms with the vast potential of hypertext and hypermedia.
    Ex: This article stresses the importance of the library as a permanent anchor point for the local community.
    Ex: Percentage of books in a discipline charged out by students majoring in other disciplines was defined as the ' supportiveness' of that discipline.
    Ex: America's present need is not heroics, but healing; not nostrums, but normalcy; not experiment, but equipoise; not submergence in internationality, but sustainment in triumphant nationality.
    Ex: I recalled how bereft we felt when we lost our son and how friends and neighbours rallied round and offered a shoulder to cry on.
    Ex: The aggressiveness of a number of publications on this subject, replete with their accusations without any backup, can be interpreted as settling of scores.
    Ex: They used schools as a buttress of a caste system designed to subordinate blacks socially, to cramp them economically under a rigid job ceiling.
    * administrativo de apoyo = clerical employee.
    * apoyo administrativo = administrative support.
    * apoyo a la toma de decisiones = decision support.
    * apoyo del personal = staff support.
    * apoyo económico = financial support, financial backing.
    * apoyo estatal = state support.
    * apoyo financiero = financial backing.
    * apoyo moral = moral support.
    * apoyo mutuo = mutual support.
    * apoyo para los pies = footrest.
    * apoyo técnico = service support, technical support, product support, tech support.
    * apoyo técnico de aplicaciones informáticas = software support.
    * buscar apoyo = line up + support.
    * buscar el apoyo de = woo.
    * carta de apoyo = letter of support.
    * centro de apoyo a los programas de estudios = curriculum material center.
    * clases de apoyo = remedial teaching.
    * como apoyo a = in support of.
    * conseguir apoyo = mobilise + support, win + support, line up + support, gain + support.
    * contar con apoyo para = have + support for.
    * contar con el apoyo de Alguien = have + Nombre + behind + Pronombre.
    * contar con el apoyo necesario para = have + the power behind to.
    * crear apoyo = build + support.
    * dar apoyo = give + support, support, provide + support.
    * de apoyo = enabling, supportive.
    * destreza de apoyo = ancillary skill.
    * educación de apoyo = remedial education.
    * en apoyo a = in support of.
    * estructura de apoyo = support structure.
    * fomentar apoyo = build + support.
    * ganarse el apoyo = earn + support.
    * grupo de apoyo = interest group, support group.
    * herramienta de apoyo = enabler.
    * material didáctico de apoyo = study aide.
    * mecanismo de apoyo = enabler.
    * merecer apoyo = be deserving of support.
    * ofrecer apoyo = support, provide + support, rally (a)round, rally behind.
    * personal administrativo de apoyo = clerical staff, clerical worker, clerical personnel.
    * personal de apoyo = paraprofessional staff, support staff.
    * personal de apoyo bibliotecario = library support staff.
    * personal técnico de apoyo = support staff.
    * prestar apoyo = lend + support, support.
    * prestar apoyo a = go to + bat for, bat for.
    * proporcionar apoyo = provide + support, support.
    * punto de apoyo = foothold.
    * que actúa de apoyo = supporting, supporting.
    * recabar apoyo = garner + support.
    * recibir apoyo = receive + support, attract + support.
    * redirigir el apoyo = divert + support.
    * ser un gran apoyo = be a tower of strength.
    * servicio auxiliar de apoyo familiar = respite care.
    * servicio de apoyo = backup service, support service.
    * servir de apoyo a = inform.
    * sin apoyo = unsupported.
    * sistema de apoyo a la toma de decisiones = decision support system, decision making system.
    * solicitar apoyo = canvass + support.
    * técnica de apoyo = enabling skill.
    * tecnología de apoyo = enabling technology.
    * trabajo administrativo de apoyo = clerical work.
    * trabajo de apoyo = escort work.

    * * *
    1 (respaldo) support
    no cuentan con el apoyo popular they do not have the support of the people o enjoy popular support
    agradezco el apoyo que me han brindado en todo momento I am grateful for the support you have given me throughout
    apoyo A algo support FOR sth
    han retirado su apoyo a esta iniciativa they have withdrawn their support for o their backing of this initiative
    una campaña de apoyo a la investigación científica a campaign in support of scientific research
    2 ( Ling):
    vocal/consonante de apoyo intrusive vowel/consonant
    * * *

     

    Del verbo apoyar: ( conjugate apoyar)

    apoyo es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    apoyó es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    apoyar    
    apoyo
    apoyar ( conjugate apoyar) verbo transitivo
    1 ( hacer descansar) apoyo (algo en algo) to rest (sth on sth);

    2
    a) ( respaldar) ‹propuesta/persona to back, support


    apoyarse verbo pronominal
    1 (para sostenerse, descansar) apoyose en algo to lean on sth
    2 (basarse, fundarse) apoyose en algo to be based on sth
    apoyo sustantivo masculino
    support;
    apoyo a algo support for sth
    apoyar verbo transitivo
    1 to lean
    2 (causa) to support
    apoyo sustantivo masculino support
    ' apoyo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    adhesión
    - agradecer
    - inapreciable
    - legitimar
    - negar
    - proporcionar
    - sola
    - solo
    - soporte
    - sostén
    - brindar
    - declarar
    - gestión
    - incondicional
    - manifestar
    - mayoritario
    - muleta
    - puntal
    - punto
    - respaldo
    - retirar
    - retiro
    - solicitar
    - sustento
    English:
    advocacy
    - against
    - aim
    - back
    - backing
    - backup
    - buttress
    - crutch
    - drum up
    - endorsement
    - financial
    - firm
    - foothold
    - freestanding
    - full
    - hilt
    - mass
    - moral
    - prop
    - rally
    - rest
    - solid
    - support
    - supportively
    - supportiveness
    - thankful
    - unreserved
    - whip up
    - wholehearted
    - widespread
    - win
    - with
    - by
    - foot
    - muster
    - sympathetic
    - woo
    * * *
    apoyo nm
    support;
    salieron adelante con el apoyo de su familia they got by with the support of her family;
    me dio su apoyo moral she gave me her moral support;
    buscan apoyos económicos para el proyecto they are seeking funding o financial support for the project;
    anunciaron su apoyo a la iniciativa they declared their support for the initiative;
    presentó las pruebas en apoyo de su teoría he presented the evidence to support his theory
    * * *
    m fig
    support;
    en apoyo de in support of
    * * *
    apoyo nm
    : support, backing
    * * *
    apoyo n support

    Spanish-English dictionary > apoyo

  • 98 fondo

    m.
    1 bottom.
    doble fondo false bottom
    sin fondo bottomless
    su popularidad ha tocado fondo their popularity has reached an all-time low o rock bottom
    2 back.
    al fondo de at the end of; (calle, pasillo) at the back of (sala)
    3 depth.
    tener un metro de fondo to be one meter deep
    4 background.
    sobre fondo negro on a black background
    al fondo in the background
    5 heart, bottom.
    llegar al fondo de to get to the heart o bottom of
    el problema de fondo the underlying problem
    la cuestión de fondo the fundamental issue
    a fondo perdido non-returnable
    recaudar fondos to raise funds
    fondo de garantía de depósito deposit guarantee fund
    fondo de inversión investment fund
    fondo Monetario Internacional International Monetary Fund
    fondo de pensiones pension fund
    fondos reservados = contingency funds available to ministries, for which they do not have to account publicly
    7 catalog, collection.
    fondo editorial backlist
    8 reason, basis (fundamento).
    9 substance.
    de fondo long-distance
    de medio fondo middle-distance
    11 petticoat (combinación). (Colombian Spanish, Mexican Spanish)
    12 core, root, bottom.
    13 bed, lowest part.
    * * *
    3 (segundo término) background
    5 (aguante) stamina
    6 FINANZAS fund
    8 (motivo) reason; (raíz) root
    1 (dinero) funds, money sing
    \
    a fondo (adjetival) thorough 2 (adverbial) thoroughly
    a fondo perdido nonrecoverable, nonreturnable
    de... en fondo... abreast
    en el fondo figurado deep down, at heart
    reunir fondos to raise funds
    tocar fondo (barco) to touch bottom 2 figurado to reach rock bottom
    fondo de inversión investment fund
    fondo de pensiones pension fund
    Fondo Monetario Internacional International Monetary Fund
    fondo del mar sea bed
    fondo y forma form and substance
    fondos bloqueados frozen assets
    fondos disponibles available funds, liquid assets
    fondos públicos public funds
    * * *
    noun m.
    2) back, rear
    4) fund
    * * *
    SM
    1) [parte inferior] [de caja, botella, lago, mar] bottom; [de río] bed

    los bajos fondos — the underworld

    una maletín con doble fondo — a case with a false bottom, a false-bottomed case

    irse al fondo — to sink to the bottom

    en el fondo del mar[gen] at the bottom of the sea; (=en el lecho marino) on the sea bed

    sin fondo — bottomless

    la economía tocó fondo y el gobierno tuvo que devaluar la monedathe economy reached o hit rock bottom and the government had to devalue the currency

    hemos tocado fondo y todo indica que la recuperación está muy próxima — the market has bottomed out and all the indications are that a recovery is just around the corner

    2) [parte posterior] [de pasillo, calle, nave] end; [de habitación, armario] back

    al fondo, su oficina está al fondo a la izquierda — her office is at the end on the left

    3) (=profundidad) [de cajón, edificio, bañera] depth

    ¿cuánto tiene de fondo el armario? — how deep is the wardrobe?

    tener mucho fondo — to be deep

    tener poco fondo — [bañera] to be shallow; [cajón, armario] not to be deep enough

    4) (=lo fundamental)

    en el fondo de esta polémica late el miedo al cambioat the heart o bottom of this controversy lies a fear of change

    la cuestión de fondo — the basic o fundamental issue

    el problema de fondothe basic o fundamental o underlying problem

    la forma y el fondo — form and content

    llegar al fondo de la cuestión — to get to the bottom of the matter

    artículo 2)
    5) (=segundo plano) background

    música de fondo — background music

    ruido de fondo — background noise

    fondo de escritorio, fondo de pantalla — (Inform) (desktop) wallpaper

    6)

    a fondo —

    a) [como adj]

    una investigación a fondo — [policial] a thorough investigation; [de estudio] an in-depth study

    una limpieza a fondo — a thorough clean

    b) [como adv]

    no conoce a fondo la situación del paíshe does not have a thorough o an in-depth knowledge of the country's situation

    emplearse a fondo, tuvo que emplearse a fondo para disuadirlos — he had to use all his skill to dissuade them

    pisar a fondo el acelerador — to put one's foot down ( on the accelerator)

    7)

    en el fondo —

    a) (=en nuestro interior) deep down

    en el fondo, es buena persona — deep down he's a good person, he's a good person at heart

    en el fondo de su corazón — in his heart of hearts, deep down

    b) (=en realidad) really

    lo que se debatirá en la reunión, en el fondo, es el futuro de la empresa — what is actually o really going to be debated in the meeting is the future of the company

    la verdad es que en el fondo, no tengo ganas — to be honest, I really don't feel like it

    en el fondo no quiere irse — when it comes down to it, he doesn't want to leave

    c) (=en lo fundamental) fundamentally, essentially

    en el fondo ambos sistemas son muy parecidosfundamentally o essentially, both systems are very similar

    8) (Dep)

    carrera de fondo — long-distance race

    esquí de fondo — cross-country skiing

    corredor de medio fondo — middle-distance runner

    pruebas de medio fondo — middle-distance events

    9) (=dinero) (Com, Econ) fund; [en póker, entre amigos] pot, kitty

    contamos con un fondo de 150.000 euros para becas — we have at our disposal a budget of 150,000 euros for grants

    a fondo perdido[crédito, inversión] non-recoverable, non-refundable

    Fondo de Compensación Interterritorialsystem of financial redistribution between the autonomous regions of Spain

    fondo ético — (Econ) ethical investment fund

    10) pl fondos (=dinero) funds

    recaudar fondos — to raise funds

    estar sin fondos — to be out of funds, be broke *

    cheque o talón sin fondos — bounced cheque, rubber check (EEUU)

    11) (=reserva) [de biblioteca, archivo, museo] collection
    12) (=carácter) nature, disposition

    de fondo jovialof cheery o cheerful disposition, cheerful-natured

    13) (Dep) (=resistencia) stamina
    14) Chile, Méx, Ven [de comida, espectáculo]
    15) Méx

    con o de fondo — serious

    16) Méx, Ven (=combinación) petticoat

    medio fondo — slip

    17) And (=finca) country estate
    18) Chile (Culin) large pot ( to feed a large number of people)
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( parte más baja) bottom
    b) (parte de atrás - de pasillo, calle) end; (- de habitación) back

    estaban al or en el fondo de la sala — they were at the back of the room

    d) ( de edificio) depth
    e) (en cuadro, fotografía) background
    2)
    a) (Lit) ( contenido) content
    b) (Der)
    3) (Fin)
    a) ( de dinero) fund
    b) fondos masculino plural ( dinero) money, funds (pl)

    un cheque sin fondosa dud o (AmE) rubber check (colloq)

    estoy mal de fondos — (fam) I'm short of cash (colloq)

    c)

    a fondo perdido<inversión/préstamo> non-refundable, non-recoverable

    4) (Dep) ( en atletismo)

    de fondo<corredor/carrera/prueba> long-distance

    5) (de biblioteca, museo) collection
    6) (Méx) (Indum) slip, underskirt

    a fondo — (loc adj) <estudio/investigación> in-depth; (loc adv) <prepararse/entrenar> thoroughly

    conoce el área/tema a fondo — she knows the area/subject really well

    de fondo<ruido/música> background (before n); <error/discrepancia> fundamental

    en el fondo: en el fondo no es malo deep down he's not a bad person; en el fondo nos llevamos bien we get on all right, really; fondo blanco! (AmL fam) bottoms up! (colloq); tener buen fondo to be a good person at heart; tocar fondo to bottom out; su credibilidad ha tocado fondo — his credibility has hit o reached rock bottom

    * * *
    1)
    a) ( parte más baja) bottom
    b) (parte de atrás - de pasillo, calle) end; (- de habitación) back

    estaban al or en el fondo de la sala — they were at the back of the room

    d) ( de edificio) depth
    e) (en cuadro, fotografía) background
    2)
    a) (Lit) ( contenido) content
    b) (Der)
    3) (Fin)
    a) ( de dinero) fund
    b) fondos masculino plural ( dinero) money, funds (pl)

    un cheque sin fondosa dud o (AmE) rubber check (colloq)

    estoy mal de fondos — (fam) I'm short of cash (colloq)

    c)

    a fondo perdido<inversión/préstamo> non-refundable, non-recoverable

    4) (Dep) ( en atletismo)

    de fondo<corredor/carrera/prueba> long-distance

    5) (de biblioteca, museo) collection
    6) (Méx) (Indum) slip, underskirt

    a fondo — (loc adj) <estudio/investigación> in-depth; (loc adv) <prepararse/entrenar> thoroughly

    conoce el área/tema a fondo — she knows the area/subject really well

    de fondo<ruido/música> background (before n); <error/discrepancia> fundamental

    en el fondo: en el fondo no es malo deep down he's not a bad person; en el fondo nos llevamos bien we get on all right, really; fondo blanco! (AmL fam) bottoms up! (colloq); tener buen fondo to be a good person at heart; tocar fondo to bottom out; su credibilidad ha tocado fondo — his credibility has hit o reached rock bottom

    * * *
    fondo1
    1 = background, backing, quid, crux, fundus.

    Ex: In the background has often been the need, at a time of declining financial resources, to demonstrate the relevance of the library to all sectors of society and there can sometimes be detected an element of patronization.

    Ex: A picture is a two-dimensional visual representation accessible to the naked eye and generally on an opaque backing.
    Ex: The important moral crux at the heart of the novel 'The debt collector' is that the odds are stacked against the rehabilitation of violent criminals.
    Ex: The crux of the process is the development of multiple models.
    Ex: This is an extremely valuable clinical test that provides information about the circulatory system of the ocular fundus (the back of the eye) not attainable by routine examination.
    * a fondo = fully, thoroughly, full-scale.
    * al fondo (de) = at the bottom (of).
    * artículo de fondo = feature article.
    * corredor de fondo = long-distance runner.
    * en el fondo = at heart, deep down, in the back of + Posesivo + mind, in the back of + Posesivo + head, at the back of + Posesivo + head, bottom line, the, in the bottom.
    * en el fondo de = at the root of.
    * esquiador de fondo = cross-country skier.
    * esquí de fondo = cross-country skiing.
    * fondo del mar = sea bottom, seafloor [sea floor], ocean floor, seabed [sea bed].
    * fondo del océano = ocean bed, ocean floor.
    * fondo marino = deep-sea floor.
    * forma de doble fondo = double-faced mould.
    * forma de un solo fondo = single-faced mould.
    * forma de un solo fondo para papel verjurado = single-faced laid mould.
    * limpiar a fondo = spring-clean, clear out.
    * limpieza a fondo = spring cleaning.
    * llegar al fondo de la cuestión = see to the + bottom of things.
    * llegar al fondo de una Cuestión = get to + the bottom of, get to + the root of.
    * mar de fondo = groundswell.
    * material de fondo = backing.
    * movimiento de fondo = groundswell.
    * negro sobre fondo blanco = black on white.
    * pez de fondo = groundfish, bottom fish.
    * pozo sin fondo = bottomless pit.
    * ruido de fondo = background noise.
    * servir de telón de fondo = set + the backdrop.
    * sin fondo = bottomless.
    * telón de fondo = background, backdrop.
    * teniendo como telón de fondo = against + background of.
    * teniendo esto como telón de fondo = against this background.
    * tocar fondo = bottom out, hit + rock-bottom, reach + rock-bottom, touch + rock bottom, strike + bottom.

    fondo3
    3 = backlist, stock, collection, stocking.

    Ex: They not only provide detailed information about new books and those soon to be published, but also continue to list all of their books still in print (frequently called a ' backlist').

    Ex: Consider, for example, the work of the shoe shop manager and the way he arranges his stock of shoes.
    Ex: While there are a profusion of techniques in existence to gain access to the collections, there is no uniform system.
    Ex: Because of the lack of stocking space, there are many products that we can order for next day pick-up.
    * colección de fondos electrónicos = e-collection [electronic collection].
    * colección de fondos locales = local history collection, local collection.
    * con suficientes fondos = properly stocked.
    * consultar los fondos = search + holdings.
    * dotar de fondos a una biblioteca = stock + library.
    * exceso de fondos = overstock.
    * expurgo de fondos bibliográficos = collection weeding, stock weeding.
    * fondo antiguo = antiquarian materials.
    * fondo bibliográfico = bookstock [book stock].
    * fondo circulante = circulating collection.
    * fondo de acceso restringido = reserve collection.
    * fondo de consulta en sala = reserve reading collection, reserve collection, reserve shelves, special reserve, reserve book room.
    * fondo de lectura "formativo-recreativa" = browser collection.
    * fondo de préstamo por horas = short-loan collection.
    * fondo de recursos electrónicos de acceso restringido = electronic reserve.
    * fondo de registros bibliográficos = bibliographic pool, bibliographic record pool.
    * fondo de revistas = periodical holdings.
    * fondo documental = document collection.
    * fondo local = local material.
    * fondos bibliográficos = holdings, stock.
    * fondos de acceso libre = open stacks.
    * fondos de acceso restringido = closed access collection, closed stacks, closed access stacks.
    * fondos de la biblioteca = library's stock, library materials.
    * fondos de libre acceso = open access stacks.
    * fondos de material audiovisual = AV holdings.
    * fondos de publicaciones periódicas = serial holdings.
    * fondos de revistas = journal holdings.
    * fondos indioamericanos = American Indian materials.
    * fondos integrados = integrated stock.
    * fondos locales = local history material.
    * fondos patrimoniales = heritage collection.
    * ingresar en los fondos = accession.
    * mención de fondos = holdings statement.
    * provisto de buenos fondos = stockholding.
    * renovación de fondos = turnover, stock turnover, turnover of stock.
    * renovar fondos = turn over.
    * replanteamiento de los fondos = stock revision.
    * sección de fondos locales = local studies department, local studies library, local studies collection.
    * sección para el fondo de consulta en sala = reserve room.
    * selección de fondos = stock selection.

    * * *
    A
    el fondo del mar the bottom of the sea
    el fondo de la cacerola/bolsa the bottom of the saucepan/bag
    es muy profundo, no consigo tocar fondo it's very deep, I can't touch the bottom
    en el fondo de su corazón deep down (in his heart)
    tenemos que llegar al fondo de esta cuestión we must get to the bottom of this matter
    hay un fondo de verdad en esa historia there is an element of truth in that story
    hay en él un fondo de maldad there's a streak of maliciousness in him
    bajo1 (↑ bajo (1)), doble1 (↑ doble (1))
    2 (de un pasillo, una calle) end; (de una habitación) back
    al fondo, a la derecha at the end, on the right
    siga hasta el fondo del pasillo go to the end of the corridor
    yo vivo justo al fondo de la calle I live right at the end of the street
    encontró la carta al fondo del cajón he found the letter at the back of the drawer
    estaban sentados al or en el fondo de la sala they were sitting at the back of the room
    3
    (profundidad): esta piscina tiene poco fondo this pool is not very deep o is quite shallow
    necesito un cajón con más fondo I need a deeper drawer
    el edificio tiene poca fachada pero mucho fondo the building has a narrow frontage but it goes back a long way
    5 (en un cuadro, una fotografía) background
    estampado blanco sobre fondo gris white print on gray background
    Compuesto:
    ( Inf) wallpaper
    B
    1 ( Lit) (contenido) content
    el fondo y la forma de una novela the form and content of a novel
    2 ( Der):
    una cuestión de fondo a question of law
    C ( Fin)
    un fondo para las víctimas del siniestro a fund for the disaster victims
    tenemos un fondo común para estas cosas we have a joint fund o ( colloq) a kitty for these things
    2 fondos mpl (dinero) money, funds (pl)
    recaudar fondos to raise money
    reunió los fondos para la operación he raised the funds o money for the operation
    no dispone de fondos suficientes en la cuenta he does not have sufficient funds o money in his account
    un cheque sin fondos a dud o ( AmE) rubber check ( colloq)
    me dio un cheque sin fondos the check he gave me bounced, he gave me a dud check, the bank would not honor the check he gave me ( frml)
    el departamento no dispone de fondos para este fin the department does not have funds o money available for this purpose
    los fondos están bloqueados the funds have been frozen
    estoy mal de fondos ( fam); I'm short of cash ( colloq)
    3
    a fondo perdido ‹inversión/préstamo› non-refundable, non-recoverable
    lo que pagas de alquiler es dinero a fondo perdido the money you spend on rent is money wasted o ( colloq) money down the drain
    Compuestos:
    sinking fund
    venture capital fund
    venture capital fund
    goodwill
    ( Fin) fund of funds
    deposit guarantee fund
    strike fund
    investment fund
    Real Estate Investment Trust, REIT
    hedge fund
    research fund
    pension fund
    provident fund
    slush fund
    fighting fund
    tracker fund
    (UE) Cohesion Fund
    (UE) European Development Fund
    (UE) European Regional Development Fund
    (UE) European Agricultural Guidance and Guarantee Fund
    International Monetary Fund, IMF
    (UE) European Social Fund
    mpl (UE) structural funds (pl)
    mpl public funds (pl)
    mpl secret funds (pl)
    D ( Dep)
    1
    (en atletismo): de fondo ‹corredor/carrera/prueba› long-distance
    medio1 (↑ medio (1))
    2 (en gimnasia) push-up, press-up ( BrE)
    E (de una biblioteca, un museo) collection
    Compuesto:
    list (of titles)
    G ( Méx) ( Indum) petticoat, underskirt
    H ( en locs):
    a fondo ( loc adj) ‹estudio/análisis/investigación› in-depth ( before n);
    ( loc adv) ‹prepararse/entrenar› thoroughly
    esto necesita una limpieza a fondo this needs a thorough clean
    una reforma a fondo de las instituciones a sweeping reform of the institutions
    estudiar a fondo un problema to study a problem in depth
    los próximos días deben ser aprovechados a fondo you/we must make full use of the next few days, you/we must use the next few days to the full
    de fondo ‹ruido/música› background ( before n);
    ‹error/discrepancia› fundamental maquillaje
    en fondo ( Mil) abreast
    de cuatro en fondo four abreast
    en el fondo: en el fondo no es malo deep down he's not a bad person
    discutimos mucho, pero en el fondo nos llevamos bien we quarrel a lot but basically we get on all right o but we get on all right, really
    ¡fondo blanco! ( AmL fam); bottoms up! ( colloq)
    tener buen fondoor no tener mal fondo to be a good person at heart, to have one's heart in the right place
    tocar fondo: en el mes de abril el precio tocó fondo in April the price bottomed out
    ya hemos tocado fondo y las cosas empiezan a ir mejor we seem to be past the worst now and things are beginning to go better
    su credibilidad ha tocado fondo his credibility has hit o reached rock bottom
    me voy a tener que volver porque ya estoy tocando fondo I'm going to have to go back because I'm down to my last few dollars ( o pesos etc)
    I ( Chi) (olla grande) cauldron, large pot
    * * *

     

    fondo sustantivo masculino
    1


    llegaré al fondo de esta cuestión I'll get to the bottom of this matter
    b) ( parte de atrás — de pasillo, calle) end;

    (— de habitación) back;




    e) (en cuadro, fotografía) background

    2 (Lit) ( contenido) content
    3 (Fin)

    hacer un fondo común to start a joint fund o (colloq) a kitty

    b)

    fondos sustantivo masculino plural ( dinero) money, funds (pl);

    recaudar fondos to raise money;
    un cheque sin fondos a dud o (AmE) rubber check (colloq)
    4 (Dep) ( en atletismo):
    de fondocorredor/carrera/prueba long-distance ( before n)

    5 (Méx) (Indum) slip, underskirt
    6 ( en locs)
    a fondo ( loc adj) ‹estudio/investigación in-depth ( before n);


    limpieza thorough;
    ( loc adv) ‹prepararse/entrenar thoroughly;

    de fondo ‹ruido/música background ( before n);
    en el fondo: en el fondo nos llevamos bien we get on all right, really;
    en el fondo no es malo deep down he's not a bad person
    fondo sustantivo masculino
    1 (parte más profunda) bottom
    un doble fondo, a false bottom
    2 (interior de una persona) en el fondo es muy tierno, deep down he's very gentle
    3 (extremo opuesto) (de una habitación) back
    (de un pasillo) end
    4 (segundo plano) background
    música de fondo, background music
    mujer sobre fondo rojo, woman on a red background
    5 (núcleo, meollo) essence, core
    el fondo del asunto, the core of the matter
    6 Prensa artículo de fondo, leading article
    7 Dep corredor de fondo, long-distance runner
    esquí de fondo, cross-country skiing
    8 Fin fund: nos dio un cheque sin fondos, he gave us a bad cheque
    familiar fondo común, kitty 9 bajos fondos, underworld
    10 (conjunto de documentos, libros etc.) batch: los fondos documentales están en el sótano, the batches of documents are in the basement
    ♦ Locuciones: tocar fondo, Náut to touch bottom
    figurado to reach rock bottom
    a fondo, thoroughly
    a fondo perdido, non-recoverable funds
    ' fondo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    esquí
    - F.M.I.
    - FMI
    - FSE
    - lecho
    - revolverse
    - sentar
    - telón
    - artículo
    - barril
    - bien
    - carrera
    - corredor
    - crear
    - cuestión
    - doble
    - maquillaje
    - mar
    English:
    back
    - backdrop
    - background
    - bed
    - blunder
    - board
    - bottom
    - bottom out
    - bottomless
    - clean out
    - clear out
    - cross-country
    - dappled
    - depth
    - end
    - extensive
    - floor
    - fund
    - going-over
    - groundswell
    - heart
    - IMF
    - inch
    - International Monetary Fund
    - kitty
    - long-distance
    - mutual fund
    - pool
    - scrub down
    - seabed
    - sink
    - spring-clean
    - stuff away
    - thoroughly
    - thrash out
    - underneath
    - unit trust
    - abreast
    - clean
    - closely
    - deep
    - deeply
    - disaster
    - float
    - full
    - further
    - good
    - heavy
    - in-depth
    - international
    * * *
    fondo nm
    1. [parte inferior] bottom;
    el fondo del mar the bottom of the sea;
    fondos [de embarcación] bottom;
    dar fondo [embarcación] to drop anchor;
    echar a fondo [embarcación] to sink;
    irse a fondo [embarcación] to sink, to founder;
    sin fondo bottomless;
    RP Fam
    ¡fondo blanco! bottoms up!;
    tocar fondo [embarcación] to hit the bottom (of the sea/river);
    [crisis] to bottom out;
    su popularidad ha tocado fondo their popularity has reached an all-time low o rock bottom;
    mi paciencia ha tocado fondo my patience has reached its limit
    2. [de habitación, escenario] back;
    al fondo de [calle, pasillo] at the end of;
    [sala] at the back of;
    el fondo de la pista the back of the court;
    los baños están al fondo del pasillo, a la derecha the toilets are at the end of the corridor, on the right
    3. [dimensión] depth;
    un río de poco fondo a shallow river;
    tener un metro de fondo to be one metre deep
    4. [de cuadro, foto, tela] background;
    quiero una tela de flores sobre fondo negro I'd like some material with a pattern of flowers on a black background;
    al fondo in the background
    5. [de alcachofa] heart
    6. [de asunto, problema] heart, bottom;
    el problema de fondo the underlying problem;
    la cuestión de fondo the fundamental issue;
    llegar al fondo de to get to the heart o bottom of;
    el gobierno quiere llegar al fondo de la cuestión the government wants to get to the bottom of the matter;
    en el fondo [en lo más íntimo] deep down;
    [en lo esencial] basically;
    en el fondo está enamorada de él deep down, she loves him;
    en el fondo, no es mala persona deep down, she's not a bad person;
    en el fondo tus problemas son los mismos basically, you have the same problems
    7. [de una persona]
    tener buen fondo to have a good heart;
    tener mal fondo to be a Br nasty o US real piece of work
    8. [de obra literaria] substance
    9. [de dinero] fund;
    a fondo perdido [préstamo] non-returnable;
    no estamos dispuestos a invertir a fondo perdido we're not prepared to pour money down the drain;
    fondos [capital] funds;
    nos hemos quedado sin fondos our funds have run out;
    un cheque sin fondos a bad cheque;
    estar mal de fondos [persona] to be badly off;
    [empresa] to be short of funds;
    recaudar fondos to raise funds
    Econ fondo de amortización sinking fund;
    fondos bloqueados frozen funds;
    fondo de cohesión cohesion fund;
    Fin fondo de comercio goodwill;
    fondo de compensación interterritorial interterritorial compensation fund;
    fondo común kitty;
    poner un fondo (común) to set up a kitty;
    Fin fondo de crédito permanente evergreen fund;
    fondo de emergencia contingency fund;
    UE fondos estructurales structural funds; Fin fondo ético ethical fund; UE Fondo Europeo de Desarrollo European Development Fund; UE Fondo Europeo de Desarrollo Regional European Regional Development Fund; Fin fondo de garantía de depósitos deposit guarantee fund; Fin fondo de inversión investment fund; Fin fondo de inversión ético ethical investment fund;
    fondo de inversión inmobiliaria real estate investment fund;
    fondo de inversión mobiliaria Br trust fund, US mutual fund;
    Fondo Monetario Internacional International Monetary Fund;
    Fondo Mundial para la Naturaleza World Wildlife Fund;
    Econ fondo de pensiones pension fund;
    fondos públicos public funds;
    Fin fondo de renta fija non-equity fund, bond fund; Fin fondo de renta variable equity fund;
    fondos reservados = contingency funds available to ministries, for which they do not have to account publicly;
    Fin fondo rotativo revolving fund; UE Fondo Social Europeo European Social Fund;
    fondo vitalicio life annuity
    10. [fundamento] reason, basis;
    sus acciones tienen siempre un fondo humanitario everything she does is for humanitarian reasons
    11.
    hacer algo a fondo [en profundidad] to do sth thoroughly;
    hicimos una lectura a fondo we read it through carefully;
    hacer una limpieza a fondo to have a thorough clean;
    el juez ha ordenado una investigación a fondo the judge has ordered a full enquiry o an in-depth investigation;
    emplearse a fondo to do one's utmost
    12. [de biblioteca, archivo] catalogue, collection
    fondo editorial backlist
    13. Dep [resistencia física] stamina
    14. Dep [larga distancia] long-distance running;
    medio fondo middle-distance running;
    carrera de fondo long-distance race;
    esquí de fondo cross-country skiing;
    de medio fondo middle-distance
    fondo en carretera [ciclismo] road racing
    15. Dep [ejercicio] push-up, Br press-up
    16. Carib, Méx [prenda] petticoat
    17. Cuba [caldero] cauldron
    18. RP [patio] back patio
    * * *
    m
    1 bottom;
    doble fondo false bottom;
    fondo marino seabed;
    tocar fondo fig reach bottom;
    los bajos fondos the underworld sg
    2 ( profundidad) depth;
    hacer una limpieza a fondo de algo give sth a thorough clean, clean sth thoroughly;
    emplearse a fondo fig give one’s all;
    ir al fondo de algo look at sth in depth;
    en el fondo deep down
    3 de sala, cuarto etc back; de pasillo end
    4 PINT, FOT background;
    música de fondo background music
    5 de un museo etc collection
    6 COM fund;
    fondos pl money sg, funds;
    a fondo perdido non-refundable;
    7 DEP
    :
    de medio fondo middle distance atr
    :
    tiene buen fondo he’s got a good heart
    * * *
    fondo nm
    1) : bottom
    2) : rear, back, end
    3) : depth
    4) : background
    5) : sea bed
    6) : fund
    fondo de inversiones: investment fund
    7) Mex : slip, petticoat
    8) fondos nmpl
    : funds, resources
    cheque sin fondos: bounced check
    9)
    a fondo : thoroughly, in depth
    en fondo : abreast
    * * *
    1. (en general) bottom
    2. (de calle, pasillo) end
    4. (segundo término) background

    Spanish-English dictionary > fondo

  • 99 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is (); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yetthough, Lat. attamenetsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 100 hold

    [həuld] 1. pt, pp held, vt
    ( in hand) trzymać; ( contain) mieścić (pomieścić perf); qualifications posiadać; power, permit, opinion mieć; meeting, conversation odbywać (odbyć perf); prisoner, hostage przetrzymywać (przetrzymać perf)

    to hold sb responsible/liable — obarczać (obarczyć perf) kogoś odpowiedzialnością

    to get hold of ( fig)object, information zdobywać (zdobyć perf) +acc; person łapać (złapać perf) +acc (inf)

    to get hold of o.s. — brać (wziąć perf) się w garść

    to catch/get (a) hold of — chwycić się ( perf) +gen, złapać ( perf) za +acc (inf)

    to hold firm/fast — trzymać się mocno

    he holds the view that … — jest zdania, że …

    I don't hold with … — nie popieram +gen

    hold still, hold steady — nie ruszaj się

    Phrasal Verbs:
    2. vi
    glue etc trzymać (mocno); argument etc zachowywać (zachować perf) ważność, pozostawać w mocy; offer, invitation być aktualnym; luck, weather utrzymywać się (utrzymać się perf); ( TEL) czekać (zaczekać perf)
    3. n
    ( grasp) chwyt m; (of ship, plane) ładownia f
    * * *
    I 1. [həuld] past tense, past participle - held; verb
    1) (to have in one's hand(s) or between one's hands: He was holding a knife; Hold that dish with both hands; He held the little boy's hand; He held the mouse by its tail.) trzymać
    2) (to have in a part, or between parts, of the body, or between parts of a tool etc: He held the pencil in his teeth; She was holding a pile of books in her arms; Hold the stamp with tweezers.) trzymać
    3) (to support or keep from moving, running away, falling etc: What holds that shelf up?; He held the door closed by leaning against it; Hold your hands above your head; Hold his arms so that he can't struggle.) trzymać, przytrzymywać
    4) (to remain in position, fixed etc when under strain: I've tied the two pieces of string together, but I'm not sure the knot will hold; Will the anchor hold in a storm?) wytrzymywać
    5) (to keep (a person) in some place or in one's power: The police are holding a man for questioning in connection with the murder; He was held captive.) zatrzymać
    6) (to (be able to) contain: This jug holds two pints; You can't hold water in a handkerchief; This drawer holds all my shirts.) (po)mieścić
    7) (to cause to take place: The meeting will be held next week; We'll hold the meeting in the hall.) odbywać
    8) (to keep (oneself), or to be, in a particular state or condition: We'll hold ourselves in readiness in case you send for us; She holds herself very erect.) trzymać się
    9) (to have or be in (a job etc): He held the position of company secretary for five years.) zajmować stanowisko
    10) (to think strongly; to believe; to consider or regard: I hold that this was the right decision; He holds me (to be) responsible for everyone's mistakes; He is held in great respect; He holds certain very odd beliefs.) uważać że, utrzymywać, mieć
    11) (to continue to be valid or apply: Our offer will hold until next week; These rules hold under all circumstances.) być aktualnym, obowiązywać
    12) ((with to) to force (a person) to do something he has promised to do: I intend to hold him to his promises.) zmusić do dotrzymania (obietnicy)
    13) (to defend: They held the castle against the enemy.) bronić
    14) (not to be beaten by: The general realized that the soldiers could not hold the enemy for long.) powstrzymać
    15) (to keep (a person's attention): If you can't hold your pupils' attention, you can't be a good teacher.) utrzymywać
    16) (to keep someone in a certain state: Don't hold us in suspense, what was the final decision?) przetrzymać
    17) (to celebrate: The festival is held on 24 June.) obchodzić
    18) (to be the owner of: He holds shares in this company.) posiadać
    19) ((of good weather) to continue: I hope the weather holds until after the school sports.) utrzymywać się
    20) ((also hold the line) (of a person who is making a telephone call) to wait: Mr Brown is busy at the moment - will you hold or would you like him to call you back?) czekać (przy telefonie)
    21) (to continue to sing: Please hold that note for four whole beats.) trzymać
    22) (to keep (something): They'll hold your luggage at the station until you collect it.) przechowywać
    23) ((of the future) to be going to produce: I wonder what the future holds for me?) gotować
    2. noun
    1) (the act of holding: He caught/got/laid/took hold of the rope and pulled; Keep hold of that rope.) chwyt
    2) (power; influence: He has a strange hold over that girl.) wpływ
    3) ((in wrestling etc) a manner of holding one's opponent: The wrestler invented a new hold.) chwyt
    - - holder
    - hold-all
    - get hold of
    - hold back
    - hold down
    - hold forth
    - hold good
    - hold it
    - hold off
    - hold on
    - hold out
    - hold one's own
    - hold one's tongue
    - hold up
    - hold-up
    - hold with
    II [həuld] noun
    ((in ships) the place, below the deck, where cargo is stored.) ładownia

    English-Polish dictionary > hold

См. также в других словарях:

  • Power (philosophy) — Powerful redirects here. For other uses, see Power (disambiguation). Power is a measurement of an entity s ability to control its environment, including the behavior of other entities. The term authority is often used for power perceived as… …   Wikipedia

  • Power ring (DC Comics) — This article is about the Green Lantern Corps weapon. For the supervillains, see Power Ring (DC Comics). Power ring The Green Lantern Corps rings. Publication information …   Wikipedia

  • Power ring (weapon) — This article is about the Green Lantern Corps weapon. For the comic book characters, see Power Ring (character). A power ring is a weapon in the DC Universe, most notably used by the Green Lantern Corps. These rings are considered to be the most… …   Wikipedia

  • Power trio — The power trio is a rock and roll band format popularized in the 1960s. The traditional power trio has a lineup of guitar, bass and drums, leaving out the rhythm guitar or keyboard that are used in other rock music to fill out the sound with… …   Wikipedia

  • power — pow·er n 1: capability of acting or of producing an effect parties of unequal bargaining power 2 a: authority or capacity to act that is delegated by law or constitution often used in pl. commerce power often cap C&P: the power delegated to… …   Law dictionary

  • power — n 1 Power, force, energy, strength, might, puissance mean the ability to exert effort for a purpose. Power is the most general of these terms and denotes an ability to act or be acted upon, to effect something, or to affect or be affected by… …   New Dictionary of Synonyms

  • Power (communication) — Power is the ability to influence the attainment of goals of an individual or a group. Power is not a characteristic of any one individual, rather, it is defined in terms of relationships and transactions between people. Power is crucial to the… …   Wikipedia

  • power of appointment — power of appointment: a power granted under a deed or will authorizing the donee to dispose of an estate in a specified manner for the benefit of the donee or of others general power of appointment: a power of appointment which the donee may… …   Law dictionary

  • Not One Less — Not One Less …   Wikipedia

  • Power Rangers Lightspeed Rescue — Format Action/Adventure Science fantasy Written by Judd …   Wikipedia

  • Power of the Pen — is an interscholastic writing league founded by Lorraine B. Merrill in 1986. It is a non profit creative writing program for students in grades seven and eight in the U.S. state of Ohio.ParticipationPower of the Pen is exclusive to the state of… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»